222
Dell PowerConnect M8024-k Switch Getting Started Guide 使用入门指南 入門指南 Guide de mise en route Handbuch zum Einstieg Panduan Pengaktifan はじめに 시작 안내서 Guía de introducción Başlangıç Kılavuzu Guia de Primeiros Passos Regulatory Model: PCM8024-k

Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    6

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Dell PowerConnect

M8024-k Switch

Getting Started Guide使用入门指南

入門指南

Guide de mise en route

Handbuch zum Einstieg

Panduan Pengaktifan

はじめに

시작 안내서

Guía de introducción

Başlangıç Kılavuzu

Guia de Primeiros Passos

Regulatory Model: PCM8024-k

Page 2: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect
Page 3: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Dell PowerConnect

M8024-k Switch

Getting Started Guide

Regulatory Model: PCM8024-k

Page 4: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Notes

NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of

your computer.

____________________

Information in this publication is subject to change without notice.

© 2010 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.

Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.

Trademarks used in this text: Dell™, the DELL logo, PowerConnect™, OpenManage™, are

trademarks of Dell Inc. Microsoft®, Windows® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation

in the United States and/or other countries.

Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this publication to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and

trade names other than its own.

Regulatory Model PCM8024-k

March 2011 P/N 7XG64 Rev. A00

Page 5: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Contents

1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

PowerConnect M8024-k Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2 Hardware Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Internal Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

SFP+ Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Expansion Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

USB Console Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Port and System LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Site Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Unpacking the Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Package Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Unpacking Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Contents 3

Page 6: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

4 Starting and Configuring the Switch . . . 10

Connecting a Switch to a Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Booting the Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Performing the Initial Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Initial Configuration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Example Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Next Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

4 Contents

Page 7: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

IntroductionThis document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect M8024-k switches, including how to install a switch and perform the initial configuration. For information about how to configure and monitor switch features, see the User’s Configuration Guide, which is available on the Dell Support website at http://support.dell.com/manuals for the latest updates on documentation and firmware.

This document contains the following sections:

• Hardware Overview

• Installation

• Starting and Configuring the Switch

PowerConnect M8024-k OverviewThe PowerConnect M8024-k is a Layer 3, 10-Gigabit Ethernet blade switch that operates in the PowerEdge M1000e system. The M1000e system can support up to 16 server blades and six PowerConnect M8024-k blade switches.

Getting Started Guide 5

Page 8: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Hardware OverviewThis section contains information about device characteristics and modular hardware configurations for the PowerConnect M8024-k switches.

PowerConnect M8024-k has the following physical dimensions:

• 274.75 x 309.24 x 33.45 mm (W x D x H).

• 10.81 x 12.17 x 1.32 inches (W x D x H).

Internal PortsPowerConnect M8024-k provides 16 internal 10-Gigabit Ethernet internal ports. The 16 internal ports are connected to server blades through the M1000e chassis mid-plane.

The M8024-k also provides an internal Ethernet interface—the out-of-band (OOB) interface—which is dedicated to switch management. The OOB interface is connected to the chassis management controller through the chassis mid-plane. Traffic on this port is segregated from operational network traffic on the switch ports and cannot be switched or routed to the operational network.

Front PanelThe following image shows the PowerConnect M8024-k front panel:

Figure 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k Front Panel

The front panel includes four SFP+ ports an expansion slot for 10-Gigabit modules. The front panel also provides a USB serial console interface for management functions and LEDs for port and system status.

USB Console PortSFP+ PortsExpansion Slot

6 Getting Started Guide

Page 9: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

SFP+ Ports

PowerConnect M8024-k provides four SFP+ ports with SR, LR, and LRM transceivers and SFP+ direct attach cables. SFP transceivers and direct attach cables are sold separately.

Expansion Slot

The 10G expansion slot supports the following modules:

• SFP+ (four ports)

• CX-4 (three ports)

• 10GBASE-T (two ports)

The modules are sold separately.

USB Console Port

The USB console port is for management through an RS-232serial interface. This port provides a direct connection to the switch and allows you to access the CLI from a console terminal connected to the port through the provided serial cable (with USB type-A to female DB-9 connectors).

The console port supports asynchronous data of eight data bits, one stop bit, no parity bit, and no flow control. The default baud rate is 9600 bps.

Port and System LEDs

The front panel contains light emitting diodes (LEDs) that provide information about the status of the PowerConnect M8024-k unit.

Figure 1-2. Front Panel LEDs

System Power LED

System Status LED

Getting Started Guide 7

Page 10: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Table 1-1 contains the status LED definitions:

Installation

Site PreparationBefore installing the switch or switches, make sure that the chosen installation location meets the following site requirements:

• Clearance — There is adequate front and rear clearance for operator access. Allow clearance for cabling, power connections, and ventilation.

• Cabling — The cabling is routed to avoid sources of electrical noise such as radio transmitters, broadcast amplifiers, power lines, and fluorescent lighting fixtures.

• Ambient Temperature — The ambient switch operating temperature range is 10° to 35ºC (50° to 95ºF).

NOTE: Decrease the maximum temperature by 1°C (1.8°F) per 300 m (985 ft.)

above 900 m (2955 ft.).

• Relative Humidity — The operating relative humidity is 8% to 85% (non-condensing) with a maximum humidity gradation of 10% per hour.

Table 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k Power and Status LED Definitions

LED Color Definition

Green Power is being supplied to the switch.

Off The switch does not have power.

Blue The switch is operating normally.

Off The switch is powered off.

Amber A fault has occurred, or the switch is currently booting.

8 Getting Started Guide

Page 11: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Unpacking the Switch

Package Contents

When unpacking each switch, make sure that the following items are included:

• One PowerConnect switch

• One USB type A-to-DB-9 female cable

• Getting Started Guide

• Safety and Regulatory Information

• Warranty and Support Information

• Software License Agreement

Unpacking Steps

NOTE: Before unpacking the switch, inspect the container and immediately report

any evidence of damage.

1 Place the container on a clean, flat surface and cut all straps securing the container.

2 Open the container or remove the container top.

3 Carefully remove the switch from the container and place it on a secure and clean surface.

4 Remove all packing material.

5 Inspect the product and accessories for damage.

Getting Started Guide 9

Page 12: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Starting and Configuring the SwitchThe following flow chart provides an overview of the steps you use to perform the initial configuration after the switch is unpacked and mounted.

Figure 1-3. Installation and Configuration Flow Chart

Connect Power

and Console

Power On

Choose Option 2

Boot Menu

(Special Functions)

Reboot

Loading Program

from Flash to RAM

Manual Initial

ConfigurationEasy Setup Wizard

Configuration

Advanced

Configuration

Enter Boot

Menu?

Enter

Wizard?

Yes

No

Yes

No

10 Getting Started Guide

Page 13: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Connecting a Switch to a TerminalAfter completing all external connections, connect a terminal to a switch to configure the switch.

NOTE: Read the release notes for this product before proceeding. You can

download the release notes from the Dell Support website at

support.dell.com/manuals.

NOTE: We recommend that you obtain the most recent version of the user

documentation from the Dell Support website at http://support.dell.com/manuals.

To monitor and configure the switch via serial console, use the USB console port on the front panel of the switch (see Figure 1-1) to connect it to a VT100 terminal or to a computer running VT100 terminal emulation software. The console port is implemented as a data terminal equipment (DTE) connector.

The following equipment is required to use the console port:

• VT100-compatible terminal or a desktop or a portable computer with a serial port running VT100 terminal emulation software, such as Microsoft HyperTerminal.

• A serial cable (provided) with a USB type-A connector for the console port and DB-9 connector for the terminal.

Perform the following tasks to connect a terminal to the switch console port:

1 Connect the DB-9 connector on the serial cable to the terminal or computer running VT100 terminal emulation software.

2 Configure the terminal emulation software as follows:

a Select the appropriate serial port (for example, COM 1) to connect to the console.

b Set the data rate to 9600 baud.

c Set the data format to 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, and no parity.

d Set the flow control to none.

e Set the terminal emulation mode to VT100.

f Select Terminal keys for Function, Arrow, and Ctrl keys. Ensure that the setting is for Terminal keys (not Microsoft Windows keys).

Getting Started Guide 11

Page 14: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

NOTE: When using HyperTerminal with Microsoft Windows 2000, make sure

that you have Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 or later installed. With Windows

2000 Service Pack 2, the arrow keys function properly in HyperTerminal's

VT100 emulation. Go to microsoft.com for more information about Windows

2000 service packs.

3 Connect the USB connector on the cable directly to the switch console port. The PowerConnect M8024-k console port is located on the right side of the front panel, as shown in Figure 1-4.

Figure 1-4. PowerConnect M8024-k USB Console Port

Booting the SwitchWhen the power is turned on with the local terminal already connected, the switch goes through a power-on self-test (POST). POST runs every time the switch is initialized and checks hardware components to determine if the switch is fully operational before completely booting. If POST detects a critical problem, the program flow stops. If POST passes successfully, valid firmware is loaded into RAM. POST messages are displayed on the terminal and indicate test success or failure. The boot process runs for approximately 60 seconds.

You can invoke the Boot menu after the first part of the POST is completed. From the Boot menu, you can perform configuration tasks such as resetting the system to factory defaults, activating the backup image, or recovering a password. For more information about the Boot menu functions, see the CLI Reference Guide.

USB Console

Port

12 Getting Started Guide

Page 15: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Performing the Initial ConfigurationThe initial configuration procedure is based on the following assumptions:

• The PowerConnect switch was never configured before and is in the same state as when you received it.

• The PowerConnect switch booted successfully.

• The console connection was established, and the Dell Easy Setup Wizard prompt appears on the screen of a VT100 terminal or terminal equivalent.

The initial switch configuration is performed through the console port. After the initial configuration, you can manage the switch from the already-connected console port or through a remote connection.

NOTE: The switch is not configured with a default user name, password, or IP

address.

Before setting up the initial configuration of the switch, obtain the following information from your network administrator:

• The IP address to be assigned to the out-of-band (OOB) interface for device management.

• The IP subnet mask for the OOB interface.

• The IP address of the OOB interface default gateway.

These settings are necessary to allow the remote management of the switch through Telnet (Telnet client) or HTTP (Web browser).

Initial Configuration Procedure

You can perform the initial configuration by using the Dell Easy Setup Wizard or by using the CLI. The wizard automatically starts when the switch configuration file is empty. You can exit the wizard at any point by entering [ctrl+z], but all configuration settings specified will be discarded, and the switch will use the default values.

NOTE: If you do not run the Easy Setup Wizard or do not respond to the initial Easy

Setup Wizard prompt within 60 seconds, the switch enters CLI mode.

For more information about performing the initial configuration by using the CLI, see the CLI Reference Guide. This Getting Started Guide shows how to use the Easy Setup Wizard for initial switch configuration. The wizard sets up the following configuration on the switch:

Getting Started Guide 13

Page 16: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

• Establishes the initial privileged user account with a valid password. The wizard configures one privileged user account during the setup.

• Enables CLI login and HTTP access to use the local authentication setting only.

• Sets up the IP address for the OOB interface.

• Sets up the SNMP community string to be used by the SNMP manager at a given IP address. You may choose to skip this step if SNMP management is not used for this switch.

Example Session

This section describes an Easy Setup Wizard session. The following values are used by the example session:

• SNMP is not enabled.

• The default user name, root, is accepted and a password of admin123 is entered. The Wizard does not display the password as it is entered.

• The OOB management interface uses 192.168.2.1 for IP address assignment.

NOTE: In the example below, the possible user options or default values are

enclosed in [ ]. If you press <Enter> with no options defined, the default value is

accepted. Help text is in parentheses.

The following example contains the sequence of prompts and responses associated with running an example Dell Easy Setup Wizard session, using the input values listed above.

After the switch completes the POST and is booted, the following text is displayed:

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>

Applying Global configuration, please wait ...

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch

configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly

as possible. You can skip the setup wizard, and enter

CLI mode to manually configure the switch. You must

respond to the next question to run the setup wizard

within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will continue

14 Getting Started Guide

Page 17: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

with normal operation using the default system

configuration. Note: You can exit the setup wizard at

any point by entering [ctrl+z].

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must

answer this question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y

First:

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple

Mode? [Y/N] y

Step 1:

The system is not setup for SNMP management by

default. To manage the switch using SNMP (required for

Dell Network Manager) you can

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For

more information on setting up an SNMP version 1

or 3 account, see the user documentation).

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface

now? [Y/N] n

Step 2:

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15)

user account. This account is used to login to the CLI

and Web interface. You may setup other accounts and

change privilege levels later. For more information on

setting up user accounts and changing privilege

levels, see the user documentation.

To setup a user account:

Please enter the user name. [root]:

Please enter the user password:

Please reenter the user password:

Getting Started Guide 15

Page 18: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Step 3:

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band)

Interface and/or the VLAN1 routing interface.

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web

interface, or SNMP interface of the switch.

To access the switch through any Management Interface

you can

. Setup the IP address for the Management Interface.

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is

manually configured on both routing and OOB

interface.

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band interface now?

[Y/N] y

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or

enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically

request an IP address from the network DHCP server.

[192.168.2.1]:

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).

[255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been

collected:

Operational Mode = Simple

User Account setup = root

Password = ********

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0

Final Step:

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to

save the configuration, and copy the settings to the

start-up configuration file. If the information is

incorrect, enter (N) to discard the configuration and

restart the wizard: [Y/N] y

16 Getting Started Guide

Page 19: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Thank you for using the Dell Easy Set up Wizard. You

will now enter CLI mode.

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...

console>

Next Steps

After completing the initial configuration described in this section, you can connect any of the front-panel switch ports to your production network for in-band remote management.

If you specified DHCP for the OOB management interface IP address, the interface will acquire its IP address from a DHCP server on the network. To discover the dynamically-assigned IP address, use the console port connection to issue the following command:

show ip interface out-of-band.

To access the Dell OpenManage Switch Administrator interface, enter the OOB management interface IP address into the address field of a Web browser. For remote management access to the CLI, enter the OOB management interface IP address into a Telnet or SSH client. Alternatively, you can continue to use the console port for local CLI access to the switch.

Your PowerConnect M8024-k switch supports basic switching features such as VLANs, 802.1X, RADIUS and TACACS+. For more information on the features supported in Simple mode, refer to Simple Switch Mode: Port Aggregator Feature White Paper.

If the switch is configured to operate in Normal mode, it can also support features such as spanning tree protocol, as well as advanced Layer 3 features such as dynamic routing and multicast. Use the web-based management interface or the CLI to configure the features your network requires. For information about how to configure the switch features, see the User’s Configuration Guide or CLI Reference Guide available on the support site: http://support.dell.com/manuals.

Getting Started Guide 17

Page 20: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

18 Getting Started Guide

Page 21: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Dell PowerConnect

M8024-k 交换机

使用入门指南

管制型号: PCM8024-k

Page 22: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

注 注:“注”表示可以帮助您更好地使用计算机的重要信息。

____________________

本出版物中的信息如有更改,恕不另行通知。

© 2010 Dell Inc.版权所有,翻印必究。

未经 Dell Inc. 书面许可,严禁以任何形式对这些材料进行复制。

本文中使用的商标: Dell™, DELL 徽标 , PowerConnect™, OpenManage™, 是 Dell Inc.的商标 Microsoft®, Windows® 是 Microsoft Corporation 在美国和 /或其它国家或地区的注册商标。

本出版物中述及的其它商标和产品名称是指拥有相应商标和产品名称的公司或其制造的产品。 Dell Inc. 对其它公司的商标和产品名称不拥有任何所有权。

管制型号 PCM8024-k

2011 年 3 月 P/N 7XG64 Rev. A00

Page 23: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

目录

1 简介 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

PowerConnect M8024-k概览. . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

2 硬件概览 . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

内部端口 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

前面板 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

SFP+ 端口 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

扩充槽 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

USB 控制台端口 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

端口和系统 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

3 安装 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

现场准备 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

打开交换机包装. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

包装箱物品 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

打开包装步骤 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

目录 21

Page 24: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

4 启动和配置交换机 . . . . . . . . 28

将交换机连接至终端 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

引导交换机 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

进行初始配置 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

初始配置步骤 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

示例会话 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

接下来的步骤 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

22 目录

Page 25: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

简介本说明文件介绍有关 Dell PowerConnect M8024-k 交换机的基本信息,包括如何安装交换机并进行初始配置。 有关如何配置和监测交换机功能的信息,请参阅 Dell 支持 Web 站点上的 Users Configuration Guide, (用户配置指南)。要获取有关说明文件及固件的最新更新,请访问该站点,网址

为 http://support.dell.com/manuals.

本说明文件包含以下部分:

• 硬件概览

• 安装

• 启动和配置交换机

PowerConnect M8024-k概览PowerConnect M8024-k 是在 PowerEdge M1000e 系统上运行的第 3 层 10 千兆位以太网刀片式交换机。M1000e 系统可支持多达 16 个服务器刀片和 6 个 PowerConnect M8024-k 刀片式交换机。

使用入门指南 23

Page 26: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

硬件概览本节包含有关 PowerConnect M8024-k 交换机设备特性和模块化硬件配置的信息。

PowerConnect M8024-k 的物理尺寸如下所示:

• 274.75 x 309.24 x 33.45 毫米(宽 x 厚 x 高)。

• 10.81 x 12.17 x 1.32 英寸(宽 x 厚 x 高)。

内部端口PowerConnect M8024-k 提供 16 个 10 千兆位以太网内部端口。这 16 个内部端口通过 M1000e 机箱中间面板连接到服务器刀片。

M8024-k 还提供了内部以太网接口,即带外 (OOB) 接口。该接口专用于进行交换机管理。OOB 接口通过机箱中间面板连接到机箱管理控制器。此端口上的通信与交换机端口上的运行网络通信是分开的,并且不能切换

或路由到运行网络。

前面板下图表示 PowerConnect M8024-k 前面板:

图 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k 前面板

前面板包含 4 个 SFP+ 端口以及 1 个 10 千兆位模块的扩充槽。前面板还提供 1 个用于管理功能和端口以及系统状态 LED 的 USB 串行控制台接口。

USB 控制台端口SFP+ 端口扩充槽

24 使用入门指南

Page 27: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

SFP+ 端口

PowerConnect M8024-k 提供 4 个具有 SR、LR 及 LRM 收发器的 SFP+ 端口和 SFP+ 直连电缆。SFP 收发器和直连电缆单独出售。

扩充槽

10G 扩充槽支持下列模块:

• SFP+(4 个端口)

• CX-4(3 个端口)

• 10GBASE-T(2 个端口)

这些模块单独出售。

USB 控制台端口

USB 控制台端口用于通过 RS-232 串行接口进行管理。可以借助此端口直接连接到交换机,并可从通过提供的串行电缆连接到此端口(USB A 类到内孔 DB-9 连接器)的控制台终端来访问 CLI。

控制台端口支持八个数据位、一个停止位、无奇偶校验位以及无流控制的异

步数据。默认波特率为 9600 bps。

端口和系统 LED

前面板包含若干发光二极管 (LED),用于提供关于 PowerConnect M8024-k

单元的状态信息。

图 1-2. 前面板 LED

系统电源 LED

系统状态 LED

使用入门指南 25

Page 28: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

表 1-1 包含了状态 LED 说明:

安装

现场准备安装交换机之前,请确保选择的安装位置满足以下现场要求:

• 空间 正面和背面有足够空间供操作员进行操作。留出用于布线、电源连接以及通风的空间。

• 布线 布线应远离电气噪音干扰源,如无线电发射器、广播放大器、电线以及荧光照明装置。

• 环境温度 交换机的运行环境温度范围为 10 到 35C (50 到 95F).

注:在 900 米(2955 英尺)以上,每升高 300 米(985 英尺)最高温度

下降 1C (1.8F)。

• 相对湿度 运行相对湿度为 8% 到 85%(非冷凝),最大湿度变化梯度为每小时 10%。

表 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k 电源和状态 LED 说明

LED 颜色 定义

绿色 正在为交换机供电。

关闭 交换机已断电。

蓝色 交换机工作正常。

关闭 交换机电源关闭。

琥珀色 出现故障,或交换机当前正在引导。

26 使用入门指南

Page 29: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

打开交换机包装

包装箱物品

打开每台交换机的包装时,请确保其中包含以下物品:

• 一台 PowerConnect 交换机

• 一根 USB A 类至 DB-9 内孔电缆

• 使用入门指南

• 安全和管制信息

• 保修和支持信息

• 软件许可协议

打开包装步骤

注:在打开交换机的包装之前,先检查包装盒,如有任何损坏迹象,请立

即报告。

1 将包装盒放在整洁平坦的表面上,然后剪断固定包装盒的所有包装

带。

2 打开包装盒或取下包装盒盖。

3 从包装盒中小心取出交换机,然后将其放在稳固整洁的表面上。

4 取出所有包装材料。

5 检查产品及附件是否出现损坏。

使用入门指南 27

Page 30: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

启动和配置交换机以下流程图概述了在打开交换机包装并安装好交换机之后,用于进行初始

配置的步骤。

图 1-3. 安装和配置流程图

连接电源和控

制台

开机

选择选项 2

引导菜单

(特殊功能)

重新引导

将程序从闪存载

入到 RAM

手动初始配置简易安装向

导配置

高级配置

进入引导

菜单?

进入

向导?

28 使用入门指南

Page 31: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

将交换机连接至终端完成所有外部连接后,将终端连接至交换机以配置该交换机。

注:在继续操作之前,请阅读本产品的版本注释。可以从 Dell 支持 Web 站

点 support.dell.com/manuals 下载版本注释。

注:我们建议您从 Dell 支持 Web 站点 http://support.dell.com/manuals 获取最

新版本的用户说明文件。

要通过串行控制台监测和配置交换机,请使用交换机前面板上的 USB 控制台端口(请参阅图 1-1),将交换机连接至 VT100 终端或正在运行 VT100 终端仿真软件的计算机。控制台端口可用作数据终端设备 (DTE) 连接器。

要使用控制台端口,需要以下设备:

• VT100 兼容终端,或者一台配备串行端口并运行 VT100 终端仿真软件(如 Microsoft HyperTerminal)的台式机或便携式计算机。

• 一根串行电缆(附带),带有连接控制台端口的 USB A 类连接器和连接终端的 DB-9 连接器。

要将终端连接至交换机控制台端口,请执行以下任务:

1 将串行电缆上的 DB-9 连接器与运行 VT100 终端仿真软件的终端或计算机相连。

2 按照以下步骤配置终端仿真软件:

a 选择适当的串行端口(例如 COM 1)连接到控制台。

b 将数据速率设置为 9600 波特。

c 将数据格式设置为 8 个数据位、1 个停止位以及无奇偶校验。

d 将流控制设置为 none(无)。

e 将终端仿真模式设置为 VT100。

f 选择终端键作为功能键、箭头键和 Ctrl 键。确保此设置适用于终端键(而不是 Microsoft Windows 键)。

注:在 Microsoft Windows 2000 中使用超级终端时,请确保已安装

Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 或更高版本。使用 Windows 2000 Service

Pack 2 可以确保箭头键在超级终端的 VT100 仿真中正常工作。有关

Windows 2000 Service Pack 的详情,请访问 microsoft.com。

3 将电缆上的 USB 连接器直接连接到交换机控制台端口。PowerConnect M8024-k 控制台端口位于前面板右侧,如图 1-4 中所示。

使用入门指南 29

Page 32: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

图 1-4. PowerConnect M8024-k USB 控制台端口

引导交换机打开电源并连接本地终端后,交换机将进行开机自测 (POST)。POST 在每次初始化交换机时进行,用于检查硬件组件,以确定交换机在完全引导

之前是否完全正常运转。如果 POST 检测到严重问题,程序流就会停止。如果 POST 成功通过,将载入一个有效的固件到 RAM 中。POST 信息显示在终端上,用于指出自测是否成功。引导过程大约运行 60 秒。

在 POST 第一部分完成后,可以调用 Boot(引导)菜单。从 Boot(引导)菜单中,您可以执行配置任务,例如将系统重置为出厂默认值、激活

备份映像或者恢复密码。有关 Boot(引导)菜单功能的详情,请参阅《CLI 参考指南》。

进行初始配置初始配置步骤基于以下假设条件:

• PowerConnect 交换机此前从未进行过任何配置,其状态与收到时相同。

• PowerConnect 交换机引导成功。

• 控制台连接已建立,并且 Dell 简易安装向导提示信息显示在 VT100 终端或同等终端设备的屏幕上。

通过控制台端口执行初始交换机配置。完成初始配置后,可以通过已连接

的控制台端口或远程连接管理交换机。

注:交换机未配置默认的用户名、密码和 IP 地址。

USB 控制台

端口

30 使用入门指南

Page 33: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

在设置交换机的初始配置之前,从网络管理员处获得以下信息:

• 要分配给带外 (OOB) 接口进行设备管理的 IP 地址。

• OOB 接口的 IP 子网掩码。

• OOB 接口默认网关的 IP 地址。

要通过 Telnet(Telnet 客户端)或 HTTP(Web 浏览器)来远程管理交换机,需要这些设置。

初始配置步骤

可以使用 Dell 简易安装向导或 CLI 来进行初始配置。当交换机配置文件为空时,将自动启动该向导。可以随时通过输入 [ctrl+z] 退出向导,但指定的所有配置设置都将被丢弃,交换机将使用默认值。

注:如果不运行简易安装向导或在 60 秒内没有响应初始简易安装向导提

示,交换机会进入 CLI 模式。

有关使用 CLI 进行初始配置的详情,请参阅《CLI 参考指南》。本使用入门指南说明如何使用简易安装向导来进行初始交换机配置。该向导设置

交换机的以下配置:

• 建立拥有权限的初始用户帐户以及有效的密码。在安装过程中,该向导将配置一个具有权限的用户帐户。

• 启用 CLI 登录和 HTTP 访问,以便仅使用本地验证设置。

• 设置 OOB 接口的 IP 地址。

• 设置 SNMP 管理器在指定 IP 地址要使用的 SNMP 团体字符串。如果该交换机不使用 SNMP 管理,则可以选择跳过这一步。

示例会话

本节介绍了一个简易安装向导会话。示例会话将使用以下值:

• SNMP 未启用。

• 默认用户名 root 已接受,而且密码 admin123 已输入。在输入密码时,向导不会显示密码。

• OOB 管理接口使用 192.168.2.1 来分配 IP 地址。

注:在以下示例中,可能的用户选项或默认值包括在 [ ] 中。如果未定义选

项,按 <Enter> 键将接受默认值。帮助文本在括号中。

以下示例包含与使用上面列出的输入值运行 Dell Easy Setup Wizard(Dell 简易安装向导)示例会话相关的提示序列和响应。

使用入门指南 31

Page 34: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

交换机完成 POST 并引导后,将显示以下文本信息:

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>

Applying Global configuration, please wait ...

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch

configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly

as possible. You can skip the setup wizard, and enter

CLI mode to manually configure the switch. You must

respond to the next question to run the setup wizard

within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will continue

with normal operation using the default system

configuration. Note: You can exit the setup wizard at

any point by entering [ctrl+z].

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must

answer this question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y

First:

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple

Mode? [Y/N] y

Step 1:

The system is not setup for SNMP management by

default. To manage the switch using SNMP (required for

Dell Network Manager) you can

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For

more information on setting up an SNMP version 1

or 3 account, see the user documentation).

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface

now? [Y/N] n

Step 2:

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15)

user account. This account is used to login to the CLI

and Web interface. You may setup other accounts and

change privilege levels later. For more information on

setting up user accounts and changing privilege

levels, see the user documentation.

32 使用入门指南

Page 35: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

To setup a user account:

Please enter the user name. [root]:

Please enter the user password:

Please reenter the user password:

Step 3:

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band)

Interface and/or the VLAN1 routing interface.

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web

interface, or SNMP interface of the switch.

To access the switch through any Management Interface

you can

. Setup the IP address for the Management Interface.

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is

manually configured on both routing and OOB

interface.

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band interface now?

[Y/N] y

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or

enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically

request an IP address from the network DHCP server.

[192.168.2.1]:

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).

[255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been

collected:

Operational Mode = Simple

User Account setup = root

Password = ********

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0

使用入门指南 33

Page 36: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Final Step:

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to

save the configuration, and copy the settings to the

start-up configuration file. If the information is

incorrect, enter (N) to discard the configuration and

restart the wizard: [Y/N] y

Thank you for using the Dell Easy Set up Wizard. You

will now enter CLI mode.

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...

console>

接下来的步骤

完成本节所述的初始配置后,您可以将任意前面板交换机端口连接到生产

网络以便进行带内远程管理。

如果指定 DHCP 来分配 OOB 管理接口 IP 地址,则该接口会从网络上的 DHCP 服务器获得 IP 地址。要发现动态分配的 IP 地址,请使用控制台端口连接来发出以下命令:

show ip interface out-of-band。

要访问 Dell OpenManage Switch Administrator 界面,请在 Web 浏览器的地址字段中输入 OOB 管理接口 IP 地址。要对 CLI 进行远程管理访问,请在 Telnet 或 SSH 客户端中输入 OOB 管理接口 IP 地址。或者,可以继续使用控制台端口对交换机进行本地 CLI 访问。

您的 PowerConnect M8024-k 交换机支持基本的交换功能,如 VLAN、802.1X、RADIUS 和 TACACS+。有关在简单模式中支持的功能的详情,请参阅简单交换机模式:端口聚合器功能白皮书。

如果将交换机配置为在普通模式下工作,也能支持诸如生成树协议之类的

功能,以及高级第 3 层功能(如动态路由和多点传送)。使用基于 Web 的管理接口或 CLI 可配置您的网络需要的功能。 有关如何配置交换机功能的信息,请参阅 Users Configuration Guide (用户配置指南)或 《CLI 参考指南》 ,这些资料可从以下支持站点获取:http://support.dell.com/manuals。

34 使用入门指南

Page 37: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Dell PowerConnect

M8024-k 交換機

入門指南

管制型號: PCM8024-k

Page 38: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

註 註:「註」指出可協助您善加利用電腦的重要資訊。

____________________

對本出版物中所含資訊之變更恕不另行通知。© 2010 Dell Inc. 版權所有,翻印必究。

未經 Dell Inc. 之書面許可,不得以任何方式重製這些材料。

本文所用商標: Dell™、 DELL 標誌、 PowerConnect™以及 OpenManage™ 是 Dell Inc.的 商標。 Microsoft®、 Windows® 是在美國和 /或其他國家 /地區的註冊商標。

本出版物所述及之其他商標或品牌名稱,均各自分屬其商標或產品名稱之申請者或擁有者所擁有。Dell Inc. 對本公司之外的商標和產品名稱不擁有任何專有權。

管制型號 PCM8024-k

2011 年 3 月 P/N 7XG64 Rev. A00

Page 39: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

目錄

1 簡介 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

PowerConnect M8024-k 概 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

2 硬體概觀 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

內部連接埠 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

前面板 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

SFP+ 連接埠 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

擴充插槽 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

USB 主控台連接埠 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

連接埠和系統 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

3 安裝 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

現場準備 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

拆開交換機包裝. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

包裝箱物品 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

拆開包裝的步驟 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

目錄 37

Page 40: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

4 啟動和設定交換機 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

將交換機連接至終端 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

啟動交換機 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

進行初始組態 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

初始組態程序 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

範例作業階段 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

接下來的步驟 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

38 目錄

Page 41: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

簡介本文件提供 Dell PowerConnect M8024-k 交換機的基本資訊,包括如何安裝交換機並進行初始組態。 如需有關如何設定和監控交換機功能的資訊,請參閱 Dell 支援網站上的 Users Configuration Guide, (使用者組態指南 )。要獲取有關文件及韌體的最新更新,請造此網站,網址為 http://support.dell.com/manuals.

本文件包含以下部分:

• 硬體概觀

• 安裝

• 啟動和設定交換機

PowerConnect M8024-k 概PowerConnect M8024-k 是在 PowerEdge M1000e 系統上行的第三層 10 Gigabit Ethernet 刀片交換機。M1000e 系統可支援多達 16 個伺服器刀片和 6 個 PowerConnect M8024-k 刀片交換機。

入門指南 39

Page 42: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

硬體概觀本節包含有關 PowerConnect M8024-k 交換機裝置特性和模組化硬體組態的資訊。

PowerConnect M8024-k 具有以下物理尺寸:

• 274.75 x 309.24 x 33.45 毫米 (寬 x 厚 x 高 )

• 10.81 x 12.17 x 1.32 英寸 (寬 x 厚 x 高 )

內部連接埠PowerConnect M8024-k 提供 16 個內部 10 Gigabit Ethernet 內部連接埠。這 16 個內部連接埠透過 M1000e 機殼中間面板連接到伺服器刀片。

M8024-k 還提供內部 Ethernet 介面,即頻外 (OOB) 介面。該介面專用於交換機管理。OOB 介面透過機殼中間面板連接到機殼管理控制器。此連接埠上的資訊流量與交換機連接埠上的作業網路資訊流量是分開的,並且

不能切換或路由到作業網路。

前面板以下影像顯示了 PowerConnect M8024-k 前面板:

圖 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k 前面板

前面板包含 4 個 SFP+ 連接埠和 1 個 10 Gigabit 模組的擴充插槽。前面板還提供了一個用來管理功能和連接埠及系統狀態 LED 的 USB 序列主控台介面。

USB 主控台連接埠SFP+ 連接埠擴充插槽

40 入門指南

Page 43: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

SFP+ 連接埠

PowerConnect M8024-k 提供 4 個具有 SR、LR 和 LRM 收發器及 SFP+ 直接連接電纜的 SFP+ 連接埠。SFP 收發器和直接連接電纜單獨出售。

擴充插槽

10G 擴充插槽支援下列模組:

• SFP+ (4 個連接埠 )

• CX-4 (3 個連接埠 )

• 10GBASE-T (2 個連接埠 )

這些模組單獨出售。

USB 主控台連接埠

USB 主控台連接埠用於透過 RS-232 序列介面進行管理。可以借助此連接埠直接連接到交換機,並從透過提供的序列電纜 (具有 USB A 至內孔 DB-9 連接器 ) 連接到此連接埠的主控台終端來存取 CLI。

主控台連接埠支援八個資料位元、一個停止位元、無同位檢查位以及無流量

控制的非同步資料。預設傳輸速率為 9600 bps。

連接埠和系統 LED

前面板包含若干發光二極體 (LED),用於提供有關 PowerConnect M8024-k 單元的資訊。

圖 1-2. 前面板 LED

系統電源 LED

系統狀態 LED

入門指南 41

Page 44: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

表 1-1 包含狀態 LED 定義:

安裝

現場準備安裝交換機之前,請確保選擇的安裝位置滿足以下現場要求:

• 空間 交換機前後有足夠的空間供操作人員操作。留出用於布線、電源連接以及通風的空間。

• 布線 布線時應避開電噪音源,如無線電發射器、廣播擴音器、電線以及螢光燈具等。

• 環境溫度 交換機運作的環境溫度範圍在 10° 到 35°C (50° 到 95°F)。

註:在 900 米 (2955 英尺 ) 以上,每升高 300 米 (985 英尺 ) 最高溫度

下降 1°C (1.8°F)。

• 相對溼度 運作的相對溼度為 8% 到 85% (非冷凝 ),最大濕度變化梯度為每小時 10%。

表 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k 電源和狀態 LED 定義

LED 顏色 定義

綠色 交換機已接通電源。

熄滅 交換機未接通電源。

藍色 交換機正常運作。

熄滅 交換機電源關閉。

黃色 發生故障或交換機目前正在啟動。

42 入門指南

Page 45: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

拆開交換機包裝

包裝箱物品

拆開每台交換機的包裝時,請確保其中包含以下物品:

• 一台 PowerConnect 交換機

• 一根 USB A 至 DB-9 的內孔電纜

• 入門指南

• 安全和管制資訊

• 保固和支援資訊

• 軟體授權協議

拆開包裝的步驟

註:在拆開交換機的包裝之前,先檢查包裝盒,如有任何損壞跡象,請立即報告。

1 將包裝盒放在整潔平坦的表面上,然後剪斷固定包裝盒的所有包

裝帶。

2 拆開包裝盒或取下包裝盒蓋。

3 從包裝盒中小心地取出交換機,然後將其放在穩定且整潔的表面上。

4 取出所有包裝材料。

5 檢查產品及附件是否有損壞。

入門指南 43

Page 46: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

啟動和設定交換機以下流程圖概述了在拆開交換機包裝並安裝好交換機之後,進行初始組態

所使用的步驟。

圖 1-3. 安裝和設定流程圖

連接電源和

主控台

開機

選擇選項 2

動功能表

(特殊功能 )

重新動

將程式從快閃記

憶體載入 RAM

手動初始組態簡易設定精

靈組態

進階組態

進入動

功能表?

進入

精靈?

44 入門指南

Page 47: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

將交換機連接至終端完成所有外部連接之後,將終端連接至交換機以設定該交換機。

註:在繼續操作之前,請閱讀本產品的版本說明。版本說明可以從 Dell 支

援網站 support.dell.com/manuals 下載。

註:建議從 Dell 支援網站 http://support.dell.com/manuals 獲取最新版本的使

用者文件。

若要透過序列主控台監控和設定交換機,請使用交換機前面板上的 USB 主控台連接埠 (請參閱圖 1-1),將交換機連接至 VT100 終端或正在執行 VT100 終端模擬軟體的電腦。主控台連接埠可用作資料終端設備 (DTE) 連接器。

若要使用主控台連接埠,需要以下設備:

• VT100 相容終端,或者一台配備序列連接埠並執行 VT100 終端模擬軟體 (如 Microsoft HyperTerminal) 的桌上型電腦或便式電腦。

• 一根序列電纜 (附帶 ),帶有連接控制台連接埠的 USB A 連接器和連接終端的 DB-9 連接器。

執行下列工作以將終端連接至交換機主控台連接埠:

1 將序列電纜上的 DB-9 連接器與執行 VT100 終端模擬軟體的終端或電腦相連。

2 按照以下步驟設定終端模擬軟體:

a 選取適當的序列連接埠 (例如 COM 1) 以連接到主控台。

b 將資料速率設定為 9600 鮑。

c 將資料格式設定為 8 個資料位元、1 個停止位元以及無同位檢查。

d 將流量控制設定為 none (無 )。

e 將終端模擬模式設定為 VT100。

f 對於功能鍵、方向鍵和 Ctrl 鍵,請選擇終端機按鍵。確保此設定適用於終端機按鍵 (而不是 Microsoft Windows 按鍵 )。

註:在 Microsoft Windows 2000 中使用超級終端時,請確保已安裝

Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 或更高版本。使用 Windows 2000 Service

Pack 2 可以確保箭頭鍵在超級終端的 VT100 模擬中正常工作。請瀏覽

microsoft.com 以獲得 Windows 2000 Service Pack 的更多資訊。

3 將電纜上的 USB 連接器直接連接到交換機主控台連接埠。PowerConnect M8024-k 主控台連接埠位於前面板右側,如圖 1-4中所示。

入門指南 45

Page 48: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

圖 1-4. PowerConnect M8024-k USB 主控台連接埠

啟動交換機打開電源並連接本機終端後,交換機將進行開機自我測試 (POST)。POST 在每次初始化交換機時執行,目的是檢查硬體元件,以確定交換機在完全動之前是否完全正常運作。如果 POST 檢測到嚴重問題,程式流程就會停止。如果 POST 成功通過,將載入一個有效的韌體到 RAM 中。POST 訊息顯示在終端上,用於指出自我測試是否成功。動程序大約執行 60 秒。

在 POST 第一部分完成後,可以叫用 Boot (動 ) 功能表。從 Boot (動 ) 功能表中,您可以執行組態工作,例如將系統重設為出廠預設值、啟動備份

影像或者復原密碼。有關 Boot (動 ) 功能表功能的更多資訊,請參閱《CLI Reference Guide》 (CLI參考指南 )。

進行初始組態初始組態程序基於以下假設條件:

• PowerConnect 交換機此前從未進行過任何組態,其狀態與收到時相同。

• PowerConnect 交換機已成功啟動。

• 主控台連線已建立,並且 Dell 簡易設定精靈提示訊息顯示在 VT100 終端或對應終端裝置的螢幕上。

透過主控台連接埠執行初始交換機組態。完成初始組態後,您可以透過已

連接的主控台連接埠或遠端連線來管理交換機。

註:交換機未組態預設的使用者名稱、密碼和 IP 位址。

USB 主控台

連接埠

46 入門指南

Page 49: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

在設定交換機的初始組態之前,從網路管理員處獲得以下資訊:

• 要指定到頻外 (OOB) 介面進行裝置管理的 IP 位址。

• OOB 介面的 IP 子網路遮罩。

• OOB 介面預設閘道的 IP 位址。

若要透過 Telnet (Telnet 用戶端 ) 或 HTTP (Web 瀏覽器 ) 來遠端管理交換機,需要這些設定。

初始組態程序

可以使用 Dell 簡易設定精靈或 CLI 來執行初始組態。當交換機組態檔為空時,將自動啟動該精靈。可以隨時透過輸入 [ctrl+z] 結束精靈,但指定的所有組態設定都將被捨棄,交換機將使用預設值。

註:如果不執行簡易設定精靈或在 60 秒內沒有回應初始簡易設定精靈提示

訊息,交換機會進入 CLI 模式。

有關使用 CLI 進行初始組態的更多資訊,請參閱《CLI Reference Guide》 (CLI 參考指南 )。本入門指南說明如何使用簡易設定精靈來執行初始交換

機組態。該精靈設定交換機的以下組態:

• 建立具有權限的初始使用者帳戶及有效密碼。在設定過程中,該精靈將設定一個具有權限的使用者帳戶。

• 啟用 CLI 登入和 HTTP 存取,以便僅使用本機驗證設定。

• 設定 OOB 介面的 IP 位址。

• 設定 SNMP 管理員在指定 IP 位址要使用的 SNMP 社群字串。如果交換機不使用 SNMP 管理,則可以選擇跳過這一步。

範例作業階段

本節介紹一個簡易設定精靈作業階段。範例作業階段將使用以下值:

• SNMP 沒有啟用。

• 預設使用者名稱 root 已接受,且密碼 admin123 已輸入。在輸入密碼時,精靈不會顯示密碼。

• OOB 管理介面使用 192.168.2.1 來指定 IP 位址。

註:在以下範例中,可能的使用者選項或預設值包括在 [ ] 中。如果未定義

選項,按 <Enter> 鍵將接受預設值。說明文字在括弧中。

以下範例包含與使用上面列出的輸入值執行 Dell 簡易設定精靈範例作業

階段相關的提示順序和回應。

入門指南 47

Page 50: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

交換機完成 POST 並啟動後,將顯示以下文字:

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>

Applying Global configuration, please wait ...

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch

configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly

as possible. You can skip the setup wizard, and enter

CLI mode to manually configure the switch. You must

respond to the next question to run the setup wizard

within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will continue

with normal operation using the default system

configuration. Note: You can exit the setup wizard at

any point by entering [ctrl+z].

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must

answer this question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y

First:

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple

Mode? [Y/N] y

Step 1:

The system is not setup for SNMP management by

default. To manage the switch using SNMP (required for

Dell Network Manager) you can

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For

more information on setting up an SNMP version 1

or 3 account, see the user documentation).

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface

now? [Y/N] n

Step 2:

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15)

user account. This account is used to login to the CLI

and Web interface. You may setup other accounts and

48 入門指南

Page 51: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

change privilege levels later. For more information on

setting up user accounts and changing privilege

levels, see the user documentation.

To setup a user account:

Please enter the user name. [root]:

Please enter the user password:

Please reenter the user password:

Step 3:

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band)

Interface and/or the VLAN1 routing interface.

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web

interface, or SNMP interface of the switch.

To access the switch through any Management Interface

you can

. Setup the IP address for the Management Interface.

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is

manually configured on both routing and OOB

interface.

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band interface now?

[Y/N] y

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or

enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically

request an IP address from the network DHCP server.

[192.168.2.1]:

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).

[255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been

collected:

Operational Mode = Simple

User Account setup = root

入門指南 49

Page 52: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Password = ********

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0

Final Step:

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to

save the configuration, and copy the settings to the

start-up configuration file. If the information is

incorrect, enter (N) to discard the configuration and

restart the wizard: [Y/N] y

Thank you for using the Dell Easy Set up Wizard. You

will now enter CLI mode.

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...

console>

接下來的步驟

完成本節中描述的初始組態後,您可以將前面板交換機連接埠連接到生產

網路以便進行頻內遠端管理。

如果為 OOB 管理介面 IP 位址指定了 DHCP,則介面會從網路上的 DHCP 伺服器獲得其 IP 位址。若要發現動態分配的 IP 位址,請使用主控台連接埠連接來發出以下命令:

show ip interface out-of-band。

若要存取 Dell OpenManage Switch Administrator 介面,請在 Web 瀏覽器的位址欄位中輸入 OOB 管理介面 IP 位址。要對 CLI 進行遠端管理存取,請在 Telnet 或 SSH 用戶端中輸入 OOB 管理介面 IP 位址。或者,可以繼續使用主控台連接埠對交換機進行本機 CLI 存取。

您的 PowerConnect M8024-k 交換機支援基本的交換功能,如 VLAN、802.1X、RADIUS 及 TACACS+。如需在簡單模式中支援之功能的詳細資訊,請參閱簡單交換機模式:連接埠聚合器功能白皮書。

如果將交換機設定為在普通模式下運作,則也能支援如跨距樹狀目錄通訊

協定,以及進階第三層功能 (如動態路由和多點傳送 )。使用基於 Web 的管理介面或 CLI 來設定您網路所需要的功能。 如需有關如何設定交換機功能的資訊,請參閱 Users Configuration Guide (使用者組態指南 ) 或《CLI Reference Guide》 (CLI 參考指南 ),這些指南可從以下支援網站取得:http://support.dell.com/manuals。

50 入門指南

Page 53: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Commutateur Dell

PowerConnect M8024-k

Guide de mise en route

Modèle réglementaire : PCM8024-k

Page 54: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Remarques

REMARQUE : Une REMARQUE indique des informations importantes qui peuvent

vous aider à mieux utiliser votre ordinateur.

____________________

Les informations contenues dans ce document peuvent être modifiées sans préavis.© 2010 Dell Inc. tous droits réservés.

La reproduction de ce document de quelque manière que ce soit sans l'autorisation écrite de Dell Inc. est strictement interdite.

Marques utilisées dans ce document : Dell™, le logo DELL, PowerConnect™, et OpenManage™

sont des marques commerciales de Dell Inc. Microsoft®, et Windows® sont des marques déposées de

Microsoft Corporation aux Etats-Unis et/ou dans d'autres pays.

Tous les autres noms de marques et marques commerciales utilisés dans ce document se rapportent aux sociétés propriétaires de ces marques et de ces noms ou à leurs produits. Dell Inc. dénie tout intérêt

propriétaire vis-à-vis des marques et des noms de marque autres que les siens.

Modèle réglementaire PCM8024-k

Mars 2011 N/P 7XG64 Rév. A00

Page 55: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Table des matières

1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

PowerConnect M8024-k Présentation générale . . . . 55

2 Présentation du matériel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Ports internes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Panneau avant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Ports SFP+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Logement d'extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Port de console USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Voyants des ports et du système . . . . . . . . . . 57

3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Préparation du site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Déballage du commutateur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Contenu du carton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Etapes du déballage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Table des matières 53

Page 56: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

4 Démarrage et configuration

du commutateur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Connexion du commutateur à un terminal . . . . . . . 61

Démarrage du commutateur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Réalisation de la configuration initiale . . . . . . . . . 63

Procédure de configuration initiale. . . . . . . . . 64

Exemple de session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Prochaines étapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

54 Table des matières

Page 57: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

IntroductionCe document contient des informations générales sur les commutateurs Dell PowerConnect M8024-k, ainsi que des informations relatives à l'installation et à la configuration initiale d'un commutateur. Pour obtenir des informations sur la configuration et le contrôle des fonctions du commutateur, reportez-vous au User's Configuration Guide (Guide de configuration), disponible sur le site du Support Dell à l'adresse http://support.dell.com/manuals et prenez connaissance des dernières mises à jour concernant la documentation et le micrologiciel.

Ce document contient les sections suivantes :

• Présentation du matériel

• Installation

• Démarrage et configuration du commutateur

PowerConnect M8024-k Présentation généraleLe PowerConnect M8024-k est un commutateur lame Ethernet 10 Gigabits de couche 3 conçu pour être utilisé dans le système PowerEdge M1000e. Le système M1000e peut prendre en charge jusqu'à 16 serveurs lame et six commutateurs lame PowerConnect M8024-k.

Guide de mise en route 55

Page 58: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Présentation du matérielCette section contient des informations sur les caractéristiques du dispositif et sur les configurations matérielles des modules des commutateurs PowerConnect M8024-k.

Les dimensions physiques du PowerConnect M8024-k sont les suivantes :

• 274,75 x 309,24 x 33,45 mm (Largeur x Profondeur x Hauteur)

• 10,81 x 12,17 x 3,35 cm (Largeur x Profondeur x Hauteur)

Ports internesPowerConnect M8024-k comporte 16 ports internes Ethernet 10 Gigabits. Les 16 ports internes sont connectés à des serveurs lames via la carte mid-plane du châssis du système M1000e.

Le M8024-k comporte également une interface Ethernet interne - l'interface hors bande (OOB) - dédiée à la gestion des commutateurs. L'interface hors-bande est connectée au contrôleur de gestion du châssis via la carte mid-plane. Le trafic sur ce port est séparé du trafic réseau opérationnel des ports de commutateur et ne peut être basculé ou acheminé vers le réseau opérationnel.

Panneau avantL'image suivante illustre le panneau avant du PowerConnect M8024-k :

Figure 1-1. Panneau avant du PowerConnect M8024-k

Port de console USBPorts SFP+Logement d'extension

56 Guide de mise en route

Page 59: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Le panneau avant comprend quatre ports SFP+ et un logement d'extension pour les modules 10 Gigabits. Il présente également une interface de console USB en série pour les fonctions de gestion et des voyants lumineux affichant l'état du système et des ports.

Ports SFP+

Le PowerConnect M8024-k comprend quatre ports SFP+ avec des émetteurs-récepteurs SR, LR, et LRM et des câbles SFP+ Direct Attach. Les émetteurs-récepteurs SFP et les câbles Direct Attach sont vendus séparément.

Logement d'extension

Le logement d'extension 10G prend en charge les modules suivants :

• 4 Ports SFP+

• 3 ports CX-4

• 2 ports 10GBASE-T

Les modules sont vendus séparément.

Port de console USB

Le port de console USB est utilisé pour la gestion par l'intermédiaire d'une interface série RS-232. Ce port offre une connexion directe au commutateur et vous permet d'accéder à l'interface CLI depuis un terminal de console connecté au port via le câble série fourni (USB de type A vers des connecteurs DB-9 femelles).

Le port de console prend en charge les données asynchrones dont le format est le suivant : 8 bits de données, 1 bit d'arrêt, aucun bit de parité et aucun contrôle de flux. Le débit par défaut est de 9 600 bps.

Voyants des ports et du système

Le panneau avant est équipé de diodes électroluminescentes (DEL) indiquant l'état de l'unité PowerConnect M8024-k.

Guide de mise en route 57

Page 60: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Figure 1-2. Voyants lumineux du panneau avant

Le tableau 1-1 présente les définitions des voyants d'état :

Installation

Préparation du siteAvant d'installer le ou les commutateurs, assurez-vous que l'endroit choisi pour l'installation répond aux conditions suivantes :

• Dégagement : l'avant et l'arrière de l'unité doivent être suffisamment dégagés pour rester accessibles à un opérateur. Prévoyez un dégagement pour le câblage, les connexions électriques et la ventilation.

• Câblage : les câbles doivent être acheminés de façon à éviter les sources de bruit électrique, telles que les émetteurs radioélectriques, les amplificateurs de diffusion, les lignes électriques et les luminaires pour lampes fluorescentes.

Tableau 1-1. Définitions des voyants d'alimentation et d'état

du PowerConnect M8024-k

Voyant Couleur Définition

Vert Le commutateur est sous tension.

Éteint Le commutateur n'est pas sous tension.

Bleu Le commutateur fonctionne normalement.

Éteint Le commutateur est éteint.

Orange Une erreur s’est produite ou le commutateur est en cours de démarrage.

Voyant

d’alimentation

système

Voyant d'état

du système

58 Guide de mise en route

Page 61: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

• Température ambiante : la température ambiante à laquelle le commutateur peut fonctionner est comprise entre 10 et 35°C.

REMARQUE : au dessus de 900 mètres, réduisez la température maximale

d'un degré Celsius (1°C) par 300 mètres.

• Humidité relative : l'humidité relative de fonctionnement est comprise entre 8% et 85% (sans condensation) avec une augmentation maximale de 10% par heure.

Déballage du commutateur

Contenu du carton

Lors du déballage de chaque commutateur, vérifiez que le carton contient les éléments suivants :

• Un commutateur PowerConnect

• Un câble USB de type A vers prise femelle DB9

• Le Guide de mise en route

• Les Informations sur la sécurité et les réglementations

• Les Informations sur la garantie et le support technique

• Le Contrat de licence du logiciel

Etapes du déballage

REMARQUE : avant de déballer le commutateur, examinez le carton et signalez

immédiatement tout dommage apparent.

1 Posez le carton sur une surface plane et propre et coupez toutes les sangles d'attache.

2 Ouvrez le carton ou retirez le couvercle.

3 Retirez avec précaution le commutateur de son carton et posez-le sur une surface propre et stable.

4 Retirez tout le matériel d'emballage.

5 Vérifiez que le produit et ses accessoires ne sont pas endommagés.

Guide de mise en route 59

Page 62: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

60 Guide de mise en route

Démarrage et configuration du commutateurL'organigramme ci-dessous présente un aperçu des étapes que vous devez effectuer lors de la configuration initiale après avoir déballé et monté le commutateur.

Figure 1-3. Organigramme des procédures d'installation et de configuration

Connexion

de l'alimentation

et de la console

Mise sous tension

Choix de l'option 2

Menu Boot

(Amorçage) -

(fonctions

Redémarrage

Chargement du programme de la

mémoire flashvers la RAM

Configuration

initiale manuelle

Configuration à

l'aide de l'Assistant

Easy Setup

Configuration

avancée

Entrer dansle menu BOOT

Entrerdans

Oui

Non

Oui

Non

l'Assistant ?

(Amorçage) ?

Page 63: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Connexion du commutateur à un terminalUne fois toutes les connexions externes effectuées, connectez un terminal à un commutateur pour configurer ce dernier.

REMARQUE : avant de continuer, lisez les notes de publication concernant ce

produit. Vous pouvez les télécharger à partir du site du Support Dell à l'adresse

support.dell.com/manuals.

REMARQUE : nous vous recommandons de vous procurer la version la plus

récente de la documentation utilisateur disponible sur le site du Support Dell à

l'adresse http://support.dell.com/manuals.

Pour contrôler et configurer le commutateur à partir d'une console série, utilisez le port de console USB situé sur le panneau avant du commutateur (voir la figure 1-1) pour le relier à un terminal VT100 ou à un ordinateur exécutant un logiciel d'émulation de terminal VT100. Le port de console est implémenté en tant que connecteur d'équipement de terminal de données (DTE).

Pour utiliser le port de console, vous devez disposer de l'équipement suivant :

• Un terminal compatible VT100, ou un ordinateur (de bureau ou portable) équipé d'un port série et exécutant un logiciel d'émulation de terminal VT100, par exemple, Microsoft HyperTerminal.

• Un câble série (fourni) doté d'un connecteur USB de type A pour le port de console et d'un connecteur DB-9 pour le terminal.

Pour connecter un terminal au port de console du commutateur, procédez comme suit :

1 Reliez le connecteur DB-9 du câble série au terminal ou à l'ordinateur exécutant le logiciel d'émulation de terminal VT100.

2 Configurez le logiciel d'émulation de terminal comme suit :

a Sélectionnez le port série approprié (par exemple COM 1) pour vous connecter à la console.

b Réglez le débit de données sur 9600 bauds.

c Configurez le format de données sur 8 bits de données, 1 bit d'arrêt et aucune parité.

d Définissez le contrôle de flux sur aucun.

e Réglez le mode d'émulation du terminal sur VT100.

Guide de mise en route 61

Page 64: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

f Choisissez les touches de terminal pour les touches de fonction, de direction et Ctrl. Vérifiez que le paramétrage correspond aux touches de terminal (et non aux touches Microsoft Windows).

REMARQUE : si vous utilisez HyperTerminal sous Microsoft Windows 2000,

assurez-vous que le Service Pack 2 de Windows 2000 ou une version

ultérieure est installé. Ce service pack permet aux touches de direction de

fonctionner correctement dans l'émulation VT100 d'HyperTerminal. Pour plus

d'informations concernant les services pack Windows 2000, rendez-vous sur

le site microsoft.com.

3 Reliez le connecteur USB du câble directement au port de console du commutateur. Le port de console du PowerConnect M8024-k se trouve sur le panneau avant du côté droit, comme illustré sur la figure 1-4.

Figure 1-4. PowerConnect M8024-k Port de console USB

Démarrage du commutateurÀ la mise sous tension, lorsque le terminal local est déjà connecté, le commutateur effectue un auto-test de démarrage (POST). Ce test s'exécute à chaque initialisation du commutateur ; il passe les composants matériels en revue pour vérifier que le commutateur est totalement opérationnel avant de terminer le démarrage. Si le test détecte un problème critique, le processus s'arrête. Si l'auto-test de démarrage se déroule sans incident, le micrologiciel valide est chargé dans la RAM. Les messages de l'autotest de démarrage sont affichés sur le terminal et indiquent le succès ou l'échec du test. Le processus de démarrage dure environ 60 secondes.

Port de

console USB

62 Guide de mise en route

Page 65: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Vous pouvez faire appel au menu BOOT (Amorçage), à la fin de la première partie de l'auto-test de démarrage. Depuis ce menu, vous pouvez effectuer des tâches de configuration, telles que rétablir le système sur les paramètres d'usine par défaut, activer l'image de sauvegarde ou récupérer un mot de passe. Pour obtenir plus d'informations sur les fonctions du menu Boot (Amorçage), reportez-vous au CLI Reference Guide (Guide de référence CLI).

Réalisation de la configuration initialeLa procédure de configuration initiale repose sur les conditions suivantes :

• Le commutateur PowerConnect n'a jamais été configuré auparavant et n'a pas été modifié depuis que vous l'avez reçu.

• Le commutateur PowerConnect a démarré correctement.

• La connexion à la console est établie et l'invite du Dell Easy Setup Wizard (Assistant Dell de configuration facile) apparaît sur l'écran d'un terminal VT100 ou équivalent.

La configuration initiale du commutateur est effectuée via le port de console. Une fois la configuration initiale effectuée, le commutateur peut être géré soit à partir du port de console connecté, soit via une connexion à distance.

REMARQUE : le commutateur ne possède pas de nom d'utilisateur, de mot de

passe, ni d'adresse IP par défaut.

Avant de procéder à la configuration initiale du commutateur, demandez les informations suivantes à votre administrateur réseau :

• L'adresse IP à affecter à l'interface hors-bande (OOB) pour la gestion du dispositif.

• Le masque de sous-réseau IP de l'interface hors-bande.

• L'adresse IP de la passerelle par défaut de l'interface hors-bande.

Ces paramètres sont nécessaires pour permettre la gestion à distance du commutateur via Telnet (client Telnet) ou HTTP (navigateur Web).

Guide de mise en route 63

Page 66: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Procédure de configuration initiale

Vous pouvez effectuer la configuration initiale à l'aide de l'interface CLI ou du Dell Easy Setup Wizard (Assistant Dell de configuration facile). Cet assistant démarre automatiquement si le fichier de configuration du commutateur est vide. Vous pouvez quitter l'assistant à tout moment en appuyant sur [ctrl+z]. Dans ce cas, tous les paramètres de configuration spécifiés sont supprimés et le commutateur utilise les valeurs par défaut.

REMARQUE : si vous n'exécutez pas l'Assistant Easy Setup ou ne répondez pas

à l'invite de l'Assistant Easy Setup dans les 60 secondes, le commutateur entre en

mode CLI.

Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration initiale à l'aide de l'interface CLI, reportez-vous au CLI Reference Guide (Guide de référence CLI). Ce Guide de mise en route présente la manière d'utiliser l'Assistant Easy Setup pour la configuration initiale du commutateur. L'assistant effectue les opérations de configuration suivantes sur le commutateur :

• Il met en place le compte utilisateur privilégié initial et lui attribue un mot de passe valide. Un compte utilisateur privilégié est configuré par l'assistant lors de l'installation.

• Il configure l'ouverture de session de l'interface CLI et l'accès HTTP de sorte qu'ils utilisent l'authentification locale uniquement.

• Il définit l'adresse IP pour l'interface OOB.

• Il définit la chaîne de communauté SNMP de sorte que le gestionnaire SNMP l'utilise sur une adresse IP donnée. Vous pouvez ignorer cette étape si le commutateur n'est pas géré via SNMP.

Exemple de session

Cette section illustre une session de l'Assistant Easy Setup. Les valeurs suivantes sont utilisées dans l'exemple :

• SNMP n'est pas activé.

• Le nom d'utilisateur par défaut, root, est accepté et le mot de passe admin123 est entré. L'Assistant n'affiche pas le mot de passe lors de sa saisie.

• L'interface de gestion OOB utilise l'adresse IP 192.168.2.1.

64 Guide de mise en route

Page 67: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

REMARQUE : dans l'exemple ci-après, les options que l'utilisateur peut

sélectionner ou les valeurs par défaut sont présentées entre crochets [ ]. Si vous

appuyez sur <Entrée> sans avoir défini d'options, la valeur par défaut est acceptée.

Le texte de l'aide est entre parenthèses.

L'exemple suivant montre une suite d'invites et de réponses qui s'affichent au cours d'une session du Dell Easy Setup Wizard (Assistant Dell de configuration facile) et utilise les valeurs indiquées ci-dessus.

Au démarrage du commutateur (après l'auto-test de démarrage), le texte suivant s'affiche :

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)> (Unité 1 - Attend la sélection de l'unité de gestion)

Applying Global configuration, please wait ... (Application de la configuration globale, veuillez patienter…)

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard (Bienvenue dans l'Assistant Dell de configuration facile)

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly as possible. (L'Assistant de configuration vous guide au cours de la configuration initiale du commutateur et vous permet une mise en route aussi rapide que possible.) You can skip the setup wizard, and enter CLI mode to manually configure the switch. (Vous pouvez passer cet assistant et entrer en mode CLI afin de configurer manuellement le commutateur.) You must respond to the next question to run the setup wizard within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will continue with normal operation using the default system configuration. (Vous devez répondre à la question suivante dans les 60 secondes pour exécuter l'Assistant de configuration, sinon le système va utiliser la configuration système par défaut et poursuivre son fonctionnement normal.) Note: You can exit the setup wizard at any point by entering

Guide de mise en route 65

Page 68: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

[ctrl+z]. (Remarque : vous pouvez quitter l'assistant de configuration à tout moment en appuyant sur [ctrl+z].)

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must answer this question within 60 seconds)? (Souhaitez-vous exécuter l'assistant de configuration [vous devez répondre à la question dans les 60 secondes] ?) [Y/N] y ([O/N] o)

First:

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple Mode? (Premièrement : souhaitez-vous sélectionner le mode Simple comme mode de fonctionnement ?) [Y/N] y ([O/N] o)

Step 1: (Etape 1 :)

The system is not setup for SNMP management by default. (Le système n'est pas configuré pour une gestion SNMP par défaut.) To manage the switch using SNMP (required for Dell Network Manager) you can (Pour gérer le commutateur à l'aide de SNMP (requis pour Dell Network Manager) vous pouvez)

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now. (configurer le compte initial SNMP version 2 maintenant.)

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For more information on setting up an SNMP version 1 or 3 account, see the user documentation). (Revenir plus tard et configurer d'autres comptes SNMP. (Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration d'un compte SNMP version 1 ou 3, voir la documentation utilisateur.))

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface now? (Souhaitez-vous configurer l'interface de gestion SNMP maintenant ?) [Y/N] n ([O/N] n)

66 Guide de mise en route

Page 69: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Step 2: (Etape 2 :)

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15) user account. (À présent nous devons configurer votre compte utilisateur privilégié initial [niveau 15].) This account is used to login to the CLI and Web interface. (Ce compte est utilisé pour se connecter à l'interface CLI et à l'interface Web.) You may setup other accounts and change privilege levels later. (Vous pourrez configurer d'autres comptes et modifiez les niveaux de privilèges plus tard.) For more information on setting up user accounts and changing privilege levels, see the user documentation. (Pour obtenir plus d'informations sur la configuration de comptes utilisateur et la modification des niveaux de privilège, reportez-vous à la documentation utilisateur.)

To setup a user account: (Pour configurer un compte utilisateur :)

Please enter the user name. (Veuillez entrer votre nom d'utilisateur.) [root]:

Please enter the user password: (Veuillez entrer le mot de passe utilisateur :)

Please reenter the user password: (Veuillez confirmer le mot de passe utilisateur :)

Step 3: (Etape 3 :)

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band) Interface and/or the VLAN 1 routing interface. (Ensuite, les adresses IP sont configurées sur l'interface OOB [hors-bande] et/ou sur l'interface de routage VLAN 1.)

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web interface, or SNMP interface of the switch. (Vous pouvez utiliser ces adresses IP pour accéder à l'interface CLI, à l'interface Web ou à l'interface SNMP du commutateur.)

Guide de mise en route 67

Page 70: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

To access the switch through any Management Interface you can (Pour accéder au commutateur via n'importe quelle interface de gestion, vous pouvez)

. Setup the IP address for the Management Interface. (configurer l'adresse IP de l'interface de gestion.)

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is manually configured on both routing and OOB interface. (Configurez la passerelle par défaut si l'adresse IP est configurée manuellement à la fois sur l'interface de routage et l'interface OOB.)

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band management interface now? (Souhaitez-vous configurer l'interface de gestion hors bande maintenant ?) [Y/N] y ([O/N] o)

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically request an IP address from the network DHCP server. (Veuillez entrer l'adresse IP du périphérique (A.B.C.D) ou entrer «DHCP» (sans les guillemets) pour demander automatiquement une adresse IP depuis le serveur réseau DHCP.) [192.168.2.1]:

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn). (Veuillez entrer le masque de sous-réseau IP [A.B.C.D ou /nn]) [255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been collected: (Voici les informations de configuration collectées :)

Operational Mode = Simple (Mode de fonctionnement=Simple)

User Account setup = root (Compte utilisateur = root )

Password = ********** (Mot de passe = **********)

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 (Adresse IP hors bande = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0)

68 Guide de mise en route

Page 71: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Final Step: (Etape finale)

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to save the configuration and copy the settings to the start-up configuration file. (Si les informations sont correctes, veuillez entrer (Y) pour enregistrer la configuration et copier les paramètres dans le fichier de configuration de démarrage.) If the information is incorrect, enter (N) to discard the configuration and restart the wizard: (Si les informations sont incorrectes, entrez (N) pour annuler la configuration et redémarrer l'assistant :) [Y/N] y ([O/N] o)

Thank you for using Dell Easy Set up Wizard. (Merci d'avoir utilisé l'Assistant Dell Easy Set up.) You will now enter CLI mode. (Vous allez entrer maintenant en mode CLI.)

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ... (Application de la configuration d'interface, veuillez patienter…)

console>

Prochaines étapes

Une fois la configuration initiale décrite dans cette section terminée, vous pouvez connecter n'importe quel port situé sur le panneau avant du commutateur à votre réseau de production pour une gestion à distance intra-bande.

Si vous avez spécifié DHCP pour l'adresse IP de l'interface de gestion OOB, l'interface va obtenir son adresse IP à partir d'un serveur DHCP sur le réseau. Pour détecter une adresse IP affectée de manière dynamique, utilisez la connexion du port de console et entrez la commande suivante :

show ip interface out-of-band.

Guide de mise en route 69

Page 72: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Pour accéder à l'interface Dell OpenManage Switch Administrator, entrez l'adresse IP de l'interface de gestion OOB dans le champ d'adresse d'un navigateur Internet. Pour un accès de gestion à distance à l'interface CLI, entrez l'adresse IP de l'interface de gestion OOB dans un client Telnet ou SSH. Sinon, vous pouvez continuer d'utiliser le port de console pour un accès local via l'interface CLI au commutateur.

Votre commutateur PowerConnect M8024-k prend en charge les fonctions de commutation de base telles que VLANs, 802.1X, RADIUS et TACACS+. Pour plus d'informations sur les fonctions prises en charge en mode Simple, reportez-vous à la documentation intitulée Simple Switch Mode: Port Aggregator Feature White Paper (Mode Simple du commutateur : le livre blanc des fonctions d'agrégation de port).

Si le commutateur est configuré pour fonctionner en mode Normal, il peut aussi prendre en charge des fonctions telles que le protocole STP, ainsi que des fonctions avancées de couche 3 telles que le routage dynamique et la multidiffusion. Utilisez l'interface de gestion web ou CLI pour configurer les fonctions requises par votre réseau. Pour obtenir des informations sur la manière de configurer les fonctions du commutateur, reportez-vous au User's Configuration Guide (Guide de configuration) ou au CLI Reference Guide (Guide de référence CLI) disponible sur le site de Support à l'adresse : http://support.dell.com/manuals.

70 Guide de mise en route

Page 73: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Dell PowerConnect

M8024-k Switch

Handbuch zum Einstieg

Genormtes Modell: PCM8024-k

Page 74: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Anmerkungen

ANMERKUNG: Eine ANMERKUNG macht auf wichtige Informationen aufmerksam, mit denen Sie den Computer besser einsetzen können.

____________________

Irrtümer und technische Änderungen vorbehalten.© 2010 Dell Inc. Alle Rechte vorbehalten.

Die Reproduktion dieser Materialien in jeglicher Weise ohne vorherige schriftliche Genehmigung von Dell Inc. ist streng untersagt.

Marken in diesem Text: Dell™, das DELL Logo, PowerConnect™ und OpenManage™ sind Marken

von Dell Inc. Microsoft® und Windows® sind eingetragene Marken von Microsoft Corporation in den

USA und/oder anderen Ländern.

Andere in diesem Dokument möglicherweise verwendete Marken und Handelsbezeichnungen beziehen sich auf die entsprechenden Eigentümer oder deren Produkte. Dell Inc. erhebt keinen

Anspruch auf Marken und Handelsbezeichnungen mit Ausnahme der eigenen.

Genormtes Modell PCM8024-k

März 2011 Teilenr. 7XG64 Rev. A00

Page 75: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Inhalt

1 Einführung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

PowerConnect M8024-k – Übersicht . . . . . . . . . . 75

2 Hardware-Übersicht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Interne Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Vorderseite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

SFP+ Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Erweiterungssteckplatz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

USB-Konsolen-Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Port- und System-LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Standortvorbereitung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Auspacken des Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Inhalt der Verpackung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Auspacken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Inhalt 73

Page 76: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

4 Starten und Konfigurieren des Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Verbinden eines Switches mit einem Terminal . . . . . 81

Starten des Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Durchführen der Erstkonfiguration . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Durchführen der Erstkonfiguration . . . . . . . . . 84

Beispiel-Ablauf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Nächste Schritte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

74 Inhalt

Page 77: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

EinführungDieses Dokument enthält grundlegende Informationen über die Dell PowerConnect M8024-k Switches, einschließlich der Switch-Installation und der Erstkonfiguration. Informationen über das Konfigurieren und Überwachen von Switch-Funktionen finden Sie in der User’s Configuration Guide (Konfigurationsanleitung) auf der Dell Support-Website http://support.dell.com/manuals, wo Sie auch die neuesten Updates für Dokumentation und Firmware erhalten.

Dieses Dokument umfasst die folgenden Abschnitte:

• Hardware-Übersicht

• Installation

• Starten und Konfigurieren des Switches

PowerConnect M8024-k – ÜbersichtDer PowerConnect M8024-k ist ein 10-Gigabit-Ethernet-Blade-Switch (Schicht 3), der im PowerEdge M1000e-System betrieben wird. Das M1000e-System unterstützt bis zu 16 Server-Blades und sechs PowerConnect M8024-k Blade-Switches.

Handbuch zum Einstieg 75

Page 78: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Hardware-ÜbersichtDieser Abschnitt enthält Informationen über Gerätemerkmale und die Hardwarekonfiguration der PowerConnect M8024-k Switches.

Die Abmessungen des PowerConnect M8024-k sind wie folgt:

• 274,75 x 309,24 x 33,45 mm (B x T x H).

• 10,81 x 12,17 x 1,32 Zoll (B x T x H).

Interne PortsDer PowerConnect M8024-k verfügt über 16 interne 10-Gigabit-Ethernet-Ports. Die 16 internen Ports sind mit den Server-Blades über die Mittelplatine des M1000e-Gehäuses verbunden.

Am M8024-k ist außerdem eine interne Ethernet-Schnittstelle zur Switch-Verwaltung vorhanden, die außerbandige Schnittstelle (Out-of-Band = OOB). Die OOB-Schnittstelle ist mit dem Gehäuseverwaltungscontroller über die Gehäusemittelplatine verbunden. Der Datenverkehr an diesem Port ist vom Betriebsnetzwerk an den Switch-Ports getrennt und lässt sich nicht per Switch oder Routing auf das Betriebsnetzwerk lenken.

VorderseiteDas folgende Bild zeigt die Vorderseite des PowerConnect M8024-k:

Abbildung 1-1. Vorderseite des PowerConnect M8024-k

USB-Konsolen-PortSFP+ PortsErweiterungssteckplatz

76 Handbuch zum Einstieg

Page 79: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Auf der Vorderseite befinden sich vier SFP+ Ports sowie ein Erweiterungs-steckplatz für 10-Gigabit-Module. Außerdem sind eine serielle USB-Konsolenschnittstelle für Verwaltungsfunktionen und LEDs für den Port- und Systemstatus vorhanden.

SFP+ Ports

Der PowerConnect M8024-k bietet vier SFP+ Ports für SR-, LR- und LRM-Transceiver und SFP+ Direktanschlusskabel. SFP-Transceiver und Direktanschlusskabel sind separat erhältlich.

Erweiterungssteckplatz

Der 10G-Erweiterungssteckplatz unterstützt die folgenden Module:

• SFP+ (vier Ports)

• CX-4 (drei Ports)

• 10GBASE-T (zwei Ports)

Die Module sind separat erhältlich.

USB-Konsolen-Port

Der USB-Konsolen-Port ist für die Verwaltung über eine serielle RS-232-Schnittstelle vorgesehen. Dieser Port stellt eine direkte Verbindung zum Switch her und ermöglicht den CLI-Zugang von einem Konsolen-Terminal aus; dieses wird über das mitgelieferte serielle Kabel (USB Typ A auf DB-9-Buchse) angeschlossen.

Der Konsolen-Port unterstützt die asynchrone Datenübertragung mit folgenden Eigenschaften: acht Datenbits, ein Stoppbit, kein Paritätsbit und keine Flusskontrolle. Die Standardbaudrate beträgt 9600 bit/s.

Port- und System-LEDs

Auf der Vorderseite befinden sich Leuchtdioden (LEDs) zur Statusanzeige des PowerConnect M8024-k.

Handbuch zum Einstieg 77

Page 80: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Abbildung 1-2. LEDs auf der Vorderseite

Tabelle 1-1 enthält die Erklärungen zu den Status-LEDs:

Installation

StandortvorbereitungBevor Sie den Switch oder die Switches installieren, stellen Sie sicher, dass am Ort der Installation die folgenden Voraussetzungen erfüllt sind:

• Zugang – Der Bediener sollte an der Vorder- und Rückseite des Geräts ausreichend Bewegungsfreiheit haben. Auch Verkabelung, Stromanschlüsse und Belüftungsöffnungen sollten problemlos zugänglich sein.

• Verkabelung – Die Kabel sollten so verlegt sein, dass elektrisches Rauschen durch Funksender, Funkverstärker, Stromleitungen sowie fluoreszierende Beleuchtungskörper vermieden wird.

Tabelle 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k – Zustände der Stromversorgungs- und Status-LEDs

LED Farbe Definition

Grün Der Switch wird mit Strom versorgt.

Aus Der Switch wird nicht mit Strom versorgt.

Blau Der Switch funktioniert normal.

Aus Der Switch ist ausgeschaltet.

Gelb Ein Fehler ist aufgetreten oder der Switch wird gerade hochgefahren.

Stromversorgungs-LED

Systemstatus-LED

78 Handbuch zum Einstieg

Page 81: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

• Umgebungstemperatur – Die Umgebungstemperatur beim Switchbetrieb liegt zwischen 10° und 35 ºC.

ANMERKUNG: Oberhalb von 900 m muss von der maximalen Temperatur 1 °C pro 300 m abgezogen werden.

• Relative Luftfeuchtigkeit – Die relative Luftfeuchtigkeit beim Betrieb liegt zwischen 8% und 85% (nicht-kondensierend) bei einer maximalen Feuchtigkeitsänderung von 10% pro Stunde.

Auspacken des Switches

Inhalt der Verpackung

Kontrollieren Sie beim Auspacken der einzelnen Switches, ob jeweils die folgenden Teile vorhanden sind:

• Ein PowerConnect-Switch

• Ein serielles Kabel (USB Typ A auf DB-9-Buchse)

• Handbuch zum Einstieg

• Sicherheitshinweise und Betriebsbestimmungen

• Informationen zur Garantie und zum Kundendienst

• Software-Lizenzvertrag

Auspacken

ANMERKUNG: Überprüfen Sie vor dem Auspacken des Switches den Transportbehälter und melden Sie etwaige Beschädigungen unverzüglich.

1 Stellen Sie das Paket auf eine saubere, ebene Fläche, und zerschneiden Sie alle Befestigungsbänder.

2 Öffnen Sie die Verpackung, oder entfernen Sie die obere Abdeckung.

3 Nehmen Sie den Switch vorsichtig aus der Verpackung, und stellen Sie ihn auf eine stabile, saubere Fläche.

4 Entfernen Sie das gesamte Verpackungsmaterial.

5 Untersuchen Sie das Produkt und das Zubehör auf Beschädigungen.

Handbuch zum Einstieg 79

Page 82: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

80 Handbuch zum Einstieg

Starten und Konfigurieren

des SwitchesDas folgende Flussdiagramm ist ein Überblick für das Durchführen der Erstkonfiguration, nachdem der Switch ausgepackt und eingebaut wurde.

Abbildung 1-3. Flussdiagramm zu Installation und Konfiguration

Stromversorgung

und Konsole

anschließen

Einschalten

Option 2 wählen

Boot-Menü

(Sonderfunktionen)

Neustart

Programm von

Flash in RAM

laden

Manuelle

Erstkonfiguration

Konfiguration mit

Easy-Setup-

Assistent

Fortgeschrittene

Konfiguration

Boot-Menü

aufrufen?

Assistent

aufrufen?

Ja

Nein

Ja

Nein

Page 83: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Verbinden eines Switches mit einem TerminalNachdem Sie alle externen Verbindungen vorgenommen haben, schließen Sie das Gerät an ein Terminal an, um den Switch zu konfigurieren.

ANMERKUNG: Lesen Sie die Versionshinweise für dieses Produkt, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie können die Versionshinweise von der Dell Support-Website unter support.dell.com/manuals herunterladen.

ANMERKUNG: Es wird empfohlen, die neueste Version der Benutzer-dokumentation von der Dell Support-Website http://support.dell.com/manuals herunterzuladen.

Um den Switch über die serielle Konsole zu überwachen und zu konfigurieren, verbinden Sie den USB-Konsolen-Port auf der Switch-Vorderseite (siehe Abbildung 1-1) mit einem VT100-Terminal oder einem Computer mit VT100-Terminal-Emulationssoftware. Der Konsolen-Port ist als DTE-Anschluss (Data Terminal Equipment) implementiert.

Zur Verwendung des Konsolen-Ports wird Folgendes benötigt:

• VT100-kompatibles Terminal oder ein Desktop- bzw. Laptop-Computer mit seriellem Anschluss und VT100-Terminal-Emulationssoftware, etwa Microsoft HyperTerminal

• Serielles Kabel (mitgeliefert) mit USB-Stecker Typ A für den Konsolen-Port und DB-9-Stecker für das Terminal.

Gehen Sie wie folgt vor, um ein Terminal mit dem Switch-Konsolen-Port zu verbinden:

1 Verbinden Sie den DB-9-Stecker am seriellen Kabel mit dem Terminal oder dem Computer mit VT100-Terminal-Emulationssoftware.

2 Konfigurieren Sie die Terminal-Emulationssoftware wie folgt:

a Wählen Sie die geeignete serielle Schnittstelle (zum Beispiel COM 1) zur Verbindung mit der Konsole.

b Setzen Sie die Datenrate auf 9600 Baud.

c Setzen Sie das Datenformat auf 8 Datenbit, 1 Stoppbit, keine Parität.

d Deaktivieren Sie die Flusskontrolle.

e Setzen Sie den Terminal-Emulationsmodus auf VT100.

f Wählen Sie für die Belegung der Funktions-, Pfeil und Strg-Tasten die Option „Terminal“. Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Einstellung „Terminal“ lautet (keine Microsoft Windows-Tasten).

Handbuch zum Einstieg 81

Page 84: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

ANMERKUNG: Wenn Sie HyperTerminal mit Microsoft Windows 2000 verwenden, stellen Sie sicher, dass Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 oder höher installiert ist. Bei Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 funktionieren die Pfeiltasten in der VT100-Emulierung von HyperTerminal ordnungsgemäß. Weitere Informationen zu den Service Packs für Windows 2000 finden Sie unter microsoft.com.

3 Verbinden Sie den USB-Stecker am Kabel direkt mit dem Switch-Konsolen-Port. Der Konsolen-Port des PowerConnect M8024-k befindet sich auf der Vorderseite rechts, wie dargestellt in Abbildung 1-4.

Abbildung 1-4. PowerConnect M8024-k USB-Konsolen-Port

Starten des SwitchesWenn das Gerät mit dem lokalen Terminal bereits verbunden ist und der Strom eingeschaltet wird, durchläuft der Switch den Einschaltselbsttest (Power-On Self-Test = POST). Der POST wird bei jeder Initialisierung des Switch durchlaufen; dabei werden Hardwarekomponenten überprüft, um vor dem eigentlichen Startvorgang festzustellen, ob das Gerät vollständig betriebsbereit ist. Wenn beim POST ein kritisches Problem festgestellt wird, bricht der Programmablauf ab. Bei erfolgreicher Ausführung des POST wird eine gültige Firmware in den RAM geladen. Die Fehler- bzw. Erfolgs-meldungen des POST werden auf dem Terminal angezeigt. Der Startvorgang dauert ungefähr 60 Sekunden.

USB-Konsolen-Port

82 Handbuch zum Einstieg

Page 85: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Sie können das Boot-Menü aufrufen, wenn der erste Teil des POST abgeschlossen ist. Vom Boot-Menü aus lassen sich folgende Konfigurations-aufgaben durchführen: Zurücksetzen des Systems auf die Herstellervorgaben, Aktivieren des Backup-Images oder Wiederherstellen eines Kennworts. Weitere Informationen über die Boot-Menü-Funktionen finden Sie im CLI Reference Guide (CLI-Referenzhandbuch).

Durchführen der ErstkonfigurationDie Erstkonfiguration setzt folgende Punkte voraus:

• Der PowerConnect-Switch wurde noch nie zuvor konfiguriert und befindet sich im gleichen Zustand, in dem Sie ihn erhalten haben.

• Der PowerConnect-Switch wurde erfolgreich gestartet.

• Es besteht eine Konsolenverbindung und die Befehlszeile des Dell Easy-Setup-Assistenten wird auf dem Bildschirm des VT100-Terminals bzw. des entsprechenden Systems angezeigt.

Die Erstkonfiguration des Switches wird über den Konsolen-Port vorgenommen. Nach der Erstkonfiguration können Sie den Switch über den bereits verbundenen Konsolen-Port oder eine Remote-Verbindung verwalten.

ANMERKUNG: Der Switch ist nicht mit Standardvorgaben für Benutzername, Kennwort oder IP-Adresse konfiguriert.

Bevor Sie die Erstkonfiguration des Switches durchführen, erfragen Sie beim Netzwerkadministrator die folgenden Informationen:

• Die IP-Adresse für die außerbandige Schnittstelle (OOB) zur Geräteverwaltung.

• IP-Subnetzmaske für die OOB-Schnitttstelle.

• Die IP-Adresse des Standard-Gateways der OOB-Schnittstelle.

Diese Einstellungen sind für die Fernverwaltung des Switches über Telnet (Telnet-Client) oder HTTP (Web-Browser) erforderlich.

Handbuch zum Einstieg 83

Page 86: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Durchführen der Erstkonfiguration

Sie können die Erstkonfiguration mit dem Dell Easy Setup-Assistenten vornehmen oder über die CLI (Befehlszeilenschnittstelle) durchführen. Der Assistent wird automatisch gestartet, wenn die Switch-Konfigurationsdatei leer ist. Sie können den Assistenten jederzeit beenden, indem Sie [Strg+z] eingeben, doch gehen dabei alle festgelegten Konfigurationeinstellungen verloren und der Switch verwendet die Standardwerte.

ANMERKUNG: Wenn Sie den Easy Setup-Assistenten nicht ausführen oder auf die anfängliche Easy Setup-Eingabeaufforderung nicht reagieren, wechselt der Switch in die CLI-Betriebsart.

Weitere Informationen über das Durchführen der Erstkonfiguration mit der CLI erhalten Sie im CLI Reference Guide (CLI-Referenzhandbuch). Im vorliegenden Getting Started Guide (Handbuch zum Einstieg) ist erklärt, wie Sie den Easy Setup-Assistenten für die Switch-Erstkonfiguration verwenden. Der Assistent konfiguriert den Switch wie folgt:

• Einrichtung des anfänglichen uneingeschränkten Benutzerkontos mit gültigem Kennwort. Der Assistent konfiguriert beim Setup ein uneingeschränktes Benutzerkonto.

• Möglichkeit für CLI-Login und HTTP-Zugriff zur Verwendung der lokalen Authentisierungseinstellungen.

• Einrichtung der IP-Adresse für die OOB-Schnittstelle.

• Einrichtung des SNMP-Community-Strings für den SNMP-Manager an einer bestimmten IP-Adresse. Sie können diesen Schritt auslassen, wenn für den Switch kein SNMP-Management verwendet wird.

Beispiel-Ablauf

In diesem Abschnitt ist eine Sitzung mit dem Easy-Setup-Assistent beschrieben. Folgende Werte werden in diesem Beispiel verwendet:

• SNMP ist nicht aktiviert.

• Der Standardbenutzername root wird akzeptiert und das Kennwort admin123 wird eingegeben. Der Assistent zeigt das Kennwort beim Eingeben nicht an.

• Die OOB-Verwaltungsschnittstelle verwendet 192.168.2.1 für das Zuweisen von IP-Adressen.

84 Handbuch zum Einstieg

Page 87: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

ANMERKUNG: Im folgenden Beispiel stehen die für den Benutzer wählbaren Optionen oder die Standardwerte in eckigen Klammern [ ]. Wenn Sie die <Eingabetaste> drücken, ohne eine Option gewählt zu haben, akzeptieren Sie damit den Standardwert. Hilfetexte sind in Klammern gesetzt.

Das folgende Beispiel enthält eine Abfolge von Eingabeaufforderungen und Reaktionen im Rahmen einer beispielhaften Sitzung mit dem Dell Easy-Setup-Assistenten, wobei die oben genannten Eingabewerte verwendet werden.

Nachdem der Switch den POST durchlaufen und den Startvorgang abgeschlossen hat, wird der folgende Text angezeigt:

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)> (Gerät 1

- Warten auf Auswahl des Verwaltungsgeräts)

Applying Global configuration, please wait ...

(Globale Konfiguration wird angewendet, bitte warten

...)

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard (Willkommen beim

Dell Easy Setup-Assistenten)

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch

configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly

as possible. (Der Setup-Assistent führt Sie durch die

Erstkonfiguration des Switches und macht das System

auf schnellstem Weg einsatzbereit.) You can skip the

setup wizard, and enter CLI mode to manually configure

the switch. (Sie können den Assistenten überspringen

und den CLI-Modus aufrufen, um den Switch manuell zu

konfigurieren.) You must respond to the next question

to run the setup wizard within 60 seconds, otherwise

the system will continue with normal operation using

the default system configuration. (Sie müssen auf die

nächste Frage zur Ausführung des

Einrichtungsassistenten innerhalb von 60 Sekunden

antworten, andernfalls setzt das System den

Normalbetrieb unter Verwendung der

Standardsystemkonfiguration fort.) Note: (Anmerkung:)

Handbuch zum Einstieg 85

Page 88: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

You can exit the setup wizard at any point by entering

[ctrl+z]. (Sie können den Setup-Assistenten jederzeit

beenden, indem Sie [Strg+z] drücken.)

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must

answer this question within 60 seconds)? (Möchten Sie

den Setup-Assistenten ausführen [diese Frage muss

innerhalb von 60 Sekunden beantwortet werden]?) [Y/N]

y ([J/N] j)

First: (Zuerst:)

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple

Mode? (Wollen sie Simple Mode als Betriebsart

auswählen?) [Y/N] y ([J/N] j)

Step 1: (Schritt 1:)

The system is not setup for SNMP management by

default. (Das System ist standardmäßig nicht für SNMP-

Verwaltung eingerichtet.) To manage the switch using

SNMP (required for Dell Network Manager) you can (Zur

Verwaltung des Switches mit SNMP [notwendig für Dell

Network Manager] bestehen folgende Möglichkeiten:)

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.

(Ersteinrichtung eines SNMP-Accounts der Version 2

jetzt durchführen.)

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts.

(Später zurückkehren und weitere SNMP-Accounts

einrichten.) (For more information on setting up

an SNMP version 1 or 3 account, see the user

documentation). (Weitere Informationen über das

Einrichten eines SNMP-Accounts der Version 1 oder

3 erhalten Sie in der Benutzerdokumentation.)

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface

now? (Möchten Sie die SNMP-Verwaltungsschnittstelle

jetzt einrichten?) [Y/N] n ([J/N]) n

86 Handbuch zum Einstieg

Page 89: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Step 2: (Schritt 2:)

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15)

user account. (Nun wird das Benutzerkonto mit der

anfänglichen Berechtigungsstufe [Stufe 15]

eingerichtet.) This account is used to login to the

CLI and Web interface. (Dieses Account dient zur

Anmeldung an die CLI- und die Web-Schnittstelle.) You

may setup other accounts and change privilege levels

later. (Sie können später weitere Konten anlegen und

die Berechtigungsstufen ändern.) For more information

on setting up user accounts and changing privilege

levels, see the user documentation. (Weitere

Informationen über das Einrichten von Bentzerkonten

und das Ändern von Berechtigungsstufen erhalten Sie in

der Benutzerdokumentation.)

To setup a user account: (So richten Sie ein

Benutzerkonto ein:)

Please enter the user name. (Geben Sie den

Benutzernamen ein.) [root]:

Please enter the user password: (Geben Sie das

Benutzerkennwort ein:)

Please reenter the user password: (Geben Sie das

Benutzerkennwort erneut ein:)

Step 3: (Schritt 3:)

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band)

Interface and/or the VLAN 1 routing interface. (Als

Nächstes werden IP-Adressen an der außenbandigen

Schnittstelle [Out-Of-Band = OOB] und/oder der VLAN1-

Routingschnittstelle eingerichtet.)

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web

interface, or SNMP interface of the switch. (Sie

können diese IP-Adressen für den Zugriff auf die

CLI-, Web- und SNMP-Schnittstelle des Switches

verwenden)

Handbuch zum Einstieg 87

Page 90: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

To access the switch through any Management Interface

you can (Für den Switch-Zugriff über eine beliebige

Verwaltungsschnittstelle können Sie)

. Setup the IP address for the Management Interface.

(Die IP-Adresse für die Verwaltungsschnitttstelle

zuweisen.)

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is

manually configured on both routing and OOB

interface. (Das Standard-Gateway zuweisen, wenn

die IP-Adresse auf der Routing- als auch auf der

OOB-Schnittstelle manuell konfiguriert wird.)

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band interface now?

(Möchten Sie jetzt die außenbandige Schnittstelle

einrichten?) [Y/N] y ([J/N] j)

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or

enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically

request an IP address from the network DHCP server.

(Geben Sie die IP-Adresse des Geräts [A.B.C.D] oder

„DHCP“ [ohne Anführungszeichen] ein, um automatisch

eine IP-Adresse vom DHCP-Server des Netzwerks

anzufordern.) [192.168.2.1]:

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).

(Geben Sie die IP-Subnetzmaske ein [A.B.C.D oder

/nn].) [255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been

collected: (Die folgenden Konfigurationsinformationen

wurden erfasst:)

Operational Mode = Simple (Betriebsart = Simple

[Einfach])

User Account setup = root (Benutzername = root)

Password = ******** (Kennwort = ********)

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0

(Außenbandige IP-Adresse = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0)

88 Handbuch zum Einstieg

Page 91: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Final Step: (Letzter Schritt:)

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to

save the configuration, and copy the settings to the

start-up configuration file. (Wenn die Informationen

korrekt sind, geben Sie [J] ein, um die Konfiguration

zu speichern und die Einstellungen in die Start-

Konfigurationdatei zu kopieren.) If the information is

incorrect, enter (N) to discard the configuration and

restart the wizard: (Wenn die Angaben nicht korrekt

sind, geben Sie [N] ein, um die Konfiguration zu

verwerfen und den Assistenten neu zu starten:) [Y/N] y

([J/N] j)

Thank you for using the Dell Easy Set up Wizard. (Der

Dell Easy Setup-Assistent ist damit abgeschlossen.)

You will now enter CLI mode. (Sie gelangen nun in den

CLI-Modus.)

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...

(Schnittstellenkonfiguration wird angewendet, bitte

warten ...)

console>

Nächste Schritte

Nach der Erstkonfiguration gemäß diesem Abschnitt können Sie jeden der Switch-Ports auf der Vorderseite mit dem Produktionsnetzwerk zur in-bandigen Remote-Verwaltung verbinden.

Wenn Sie für die IP-Adresse des OOB-Verwaltungsschnitttstelle DHCP festlegen, fordert die Schnittstelle seine IP-Adresse von einem DHCP-Server im Netzwerk an. Um die dynamisch zugewiesene IP-Adresse anzuzeigen, geben Sie über die Konsolen-Port-Verbindung den folgenden Befehl ein:

show ip interface out-of-band.

Handbuch zum Einstieg 89

Page 92: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Um auf die Dell OpenManage Switch Administrator-Schnittstelle zuzugreifen, geben Sie die IP-Adresse der OOB-Verwaltungsschnittstelle in die Adresszeile eines Web-Browsers ein. Um CLI-Fernverwaltungszugriff zu erhalten, geben Sie IP-Adresse der OOB-Verwaltungsschnittstelle in einen Telnet- oder SSH-Client ein. Alternativ können Sie weiterhin den Konsolen-Port zum lokalen CLI-Zugriff auf den Switch verwenden.

Der PowerConnect M8024-k Switch unterstützt grundlegende Switch-Funktionen wie VLANs, 802.1X, RADIUS und TACACS+. Weitere Informationen über die Funktionen in der Betriebsart Simple (Einfach) erhalten Sie im Dokument Simple Switch Mode: Port Aggregator Feature White Paper (Switch-Betriebsart Simple: Whitepaper zur Port-Aggregator-Funktion).

Wenn der Switch auf die Betriebsart Normal konfiguriert wird, werden auch Funktionen wie Spanning-Tree und erweiterte Schicht-3-Funktionen wie dynamisches Routing und Multicast unterstützt. Verwenden Sie die Web-Verwaltungsschnittstelle oder die CLI, um die Funktionen entsprechend den Netzwerkanforderungen zu konfigurieren. Informationen über das Konfigurieren von Switch-Funktionen finden Sie in der User’s Configuration Guide (Konfiguratiosnanleitung) oder dem CLI Reference Guide (CLI-Referenzhandbuch) auf der Support-Website: http://support.dell.com/manuals.

90 Handbuch zum Einstieg

Page 93: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Dell PowerConnect

M8024-k Switch

Panduan Pengaktifan

Model sesuai Regulasi: PCM8024-k

Page 94: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Catatan

CATATAN: Sebuah CATATAN memberikan informasi penting yang dapat membantu

Anda untuk menggunakan komputer Anda dengan lebih baik.

____________________

Informasi dalam publikasi ini bisa berubah tanpa pemberitahuan lebih dahulu.

© 2010 Dell Inc. Hak Cipta dilindungi undang-undang.

Dilarang keras memperbanyak materi ini dengan cara apapun tanpa persetujuan tertulis dari Dell Inc.

Merek dagang yang digunakan di dalam teks ini: Dell™, logo DELL, PowerConnect™, OpenManage™, adalah merek-merek dagang dari Dell Inc. Microsoft®, Windows® adalah merek

dagang terdaftar dari Microsoft Corporation di Amerika Serikat dan/atau negara lainnya.

Merek-merek dan nama-nama dagang lain yang digunakan di dalam publikasi ini mengacu pada badan-

badan usaha yang menguasai merek-merek dan nama-nama produk mereka. Dell Inc. menyatakan tidak memiliki kepentingan kepemilikan apapun di dalam merek dan nama dagang selain yang

dimilikinya.

Model sesuai RegulasiPCM8024-k

Maret 2011 No. Komp. 7XG64 Rev. A00

Page 95: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Daftar Isi

1 Pendahuluan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

PowerConnect M8024-k Gambaran Umum . . . . . . . 95

2 Gambaran Umum Perangkat Keras . . . . . 96

Lubang Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Panel Depan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Lubang SFP+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Slot Ekspansi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Lubang Konsol USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

LED Lubang dan LED Sistem . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

3 Instalasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Penyiapan Lokasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Membuka kemasan Sakelar (Switch) . . . . . . . . . . 99

Isi Kemasan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Langkah-langkah Membuka Kemasan . . . . . . . 99

Daftar Isi 93

Page 96: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

4 Memulai dan Mengkonfigurasi Sakelar (Switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Menghubungkan Sakelar (Switch) ke Terminal . . . 101

Mem-booting Sakelar (Switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Melakukan Konfigurasi Awal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Prosedur Konfigurasi Awal . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Contoh Sesi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Langkah-langkah Selanjutnya . . . . . . . . . . 107

94 Daftar Isi

Page 97: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

PendahuluanDokumen ini memberikan informasi dasar mengenai Dell PowerConnect M8024-k sakelar-sakelar, termasuk cara menginstal sakelar dan melakukan konfigurasi awal. Untuk informasi mengenai cara mengkonfigurasi dan memonitor fitur-fitur sakelar, lihat Panduan Konfigurasi Pengguna, yang dapat diperoleh melalui situs internet Dukungan Dell di http://support.dell.com/manuals yang berisi informasi terbaru mengenai dokumentasi dan perangkat lunak permanen (firmware).

Dokumen ini berisi bagian-bagian berikut ini:

• Gambaran Umum Perangkat Keras

• Instalasi

• Memulai dan Mengkonfigurasi Sakelar (Switch)

PowerConnect M8024-k Gambaran UmumPowerConnect M8024-k adalah Layer 3, 10-Gigabit Ethernet blade switch yang beroperasi dalam sistem PowerEdge M1000e. Sistem M1000e bisa mendukung hingga 16 server blades dan enam PowerConnect M8024-k blade switch.

Panduan Pengaktifan 95

Page 98: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Gambaran Umum Perangkat KerasBagian ini berisi informasi tentang karakteristik piranti dan konfigurasi modul perangkat keras untuk PowerConnect M8024-k sakelar-sakelar (switches).

PowerConnect M8024-k memiliki dimensi fisik berikut ini:

• 274,75 x 309,24 x 33,45 mm (L x P x T).

• 10,81 x 12,17 x 1,32 cm (L x P x T).

Lubang InternalPowerConnect M8024-k menyediakan 16 lubang internal 10-Gigabit Ethernet. Ke 16 lubang internal dihubungkan ke server blades melalui M1000e chassis mid-plane.

M8024-k juga menyediakan internal Ethernet interface—out-of-band (OOB) interface—yang diperuntukkan untuk mengelola sakelar (swhich). OOB interface dihubungkan ke chassis management controller melalui chassis mid-plane. Trafik pada lubang ini dipisahkan dari trafik jaringan operasional pada lubang sakelar (switch) dan tidak dapat dipindah atau diarahkan ke jaringan operasional.

Panel DepanGambar berikut ini memperlihatkan PowerConnect M8024-k panel depan:

Gambar 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-kPanel Depan

Lubang Konsol USBLubang SFP+Slot Ekspansi

96 Panduan Pengaktifan

Page 99: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Panel depan meliputi empat lubang SFP+ dan sebuah slot ekspansi untuk modul 10-Gigabit. Panel depan juga menyediakan USB serial console interface untuk fungsi-fungsi manajemen dan LED untuk status lubang dan sistem.

Lubang SFP+

PowerConnect M8024-k menyediakan empat lubang SFP+ dengan transceivers SR, LR, dan LRM serta kabel hubung langsung SFP+. Transceiver dan kabel hubung langsung SFP dijual secara terpisah.

Slot Ekspansi

Slot ekspansi 10G mendukung modul-modul berikut ini:

• SFP+ (empat lubang)

• CX-4 (tiga lubang)

• 10GBASE-T (dua lubang)

Modul-modul tersebut dijual secara terpisah.

Lubang Konsol USB

Lubang konsol USB adalah untuk manajemen melalui RS-232 serial interface. Lubang ini menyediakan sambungan langsung ke sakelar (switch) dan memudahkan Anda untuk mengakses CLI dari terminal konsol yang terhubung ke lubang melalui kabel seri yang disediakan (dengan USB tipe-A ke konektotor betina DB-9).

Lubang konsol tersebut mendukung data tak sinkron sebesar delapan bit data, satu bit stop, tidak ada bit paritas, dan tidak ada kontrol aliran. Kecepatan default transmisi data adalah 9600 bps.

LED Lubang dan LED Sistem

Panel depan memiliki dioda emisi cahaya (LED) yang memberikan informasi mengenai status PowerConnect M8024-k unit.

Panduan Pengaktifan 97

Page 100: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Gambar 1-2. LED Panel Depan

Tabel 1-1 berisi definisi LED status:

Instalasi

Penyiapan LokasiSebelum memasang sakelar (switch), pastikan bahwa lokasi instalsi yang dipilih memenuhi persyaratan lokasi berikut ini:

• Ruang — Ada cukup ruang di depan dan belakang untuk akses operator. Sediakan ruang untuk pemasangan kabel, penyambungan daya, dan ventilasi.

• Perkabelan — Perkabelan ditentukan rutenya untuk menghindari sumber-sumber derau listrik seperti transmiter radio, penguat pemancar, saluran listrik, dan peralatan lampu TL.

Tabel 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k Definisi LED Daya dan Status

LED Warna Definisi

Hijau Daya dipasok ke sakelar (switch).

Mati Sakelar (switch) tidak memiliki daya.

Biru Sakelar (switch) bekerja secara normal.

Mati Sakelar (switch) dimatikan.

Kuning Terjadi kesalahan, atau sakelar (switch) sedang melakukan booting.

LED Daya Sistem

LED Status Sistem

98 Panduan Pengaktifan

Page 101: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

• Suhu Sekitar — Suhu kerja sekitar dari sakelar berkisar antara 10° hingga 35ºC (50° hingga 95ºF).

CATATAN: Turunkan suhu maksimum sebesar 1°C (1.8°F) per 300 m (985 kaki.)

di atas 900 m (2955 kaki.).

• Kelembapan Relatif — Kelembapan relatif adalah 8% hingga 85% (non-kondensasi) dengan gradasi kelembapan maksimum sebesar 10% per jam.

Membuka kemasan Sakelar (Switch)

Isi Kemasan

Sewaktu membuka kemasan setiap sakelar (switch), pastikan bahwa produk-produk berikut ini disertakan:

• Satu PowerConnect switch

• Satu kabel USB betina tipe A-to-DB-9

• Panduan Pengaktifan

• Informasi Keselamatan dan Regulasi

• Informasi Jaminan dan Dukungan

• Perjanjian Lisensi Perangkat Lunak

Langkah-langkah Membuka Kemasan

CATATAN: Sebelum membuka kemasan sakelar (switch), periksa kontainer dan

laporkan segera setiap ada kerusakan.

1 Tempatkan kontainer di atas permukaan yang bersih dan rata serta potong semua tali yang mengikat kontainer.

2 Buka kontainer atau lepaskan bagian atas kontainer.

3 Secara hati-hati keluarkan sakelar (switch) dari kontainer dan tempatkan di atas permukaan yang aman dan bersih.

4 Keluarkan semua material kemasan.

5 Periksa produk dan aksesoris untuk melihat ada tidaknya kerusakan.

Panduan Pengaktifan 99

Page 102: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

00 Panduan Pengaktifan

Memulai dan Mengkonfigurasi Sakelar (Switch)Bagan alir berikut ini memberikan gambaran umum mengenai langkah-langkah untuk melakukan konfigurasi awal setelah sakelar (switch) dikeluarkan dari kemasannya dan dipasang.

Gambar 1-3. Bagan Alir Instalasi dan Konfigurasi

Hubungkan Daya

dan Konsol

Hidupkan Daya

Pilih Opsi 2

Boot Menu

(Fungsi-fungsi

Khusus)

Reboot

Memuat Program

dari Flash ke RAM

Konfigurasi Awal

Manual

Konfigurasi melalui

Setup Wizard

yang mudah

Konfigurasi Tingkat

Lanjut

Boot Masuk

Menu?

Masuk

Wisaya?

Ya

Tidak

Ya

Tidak

Page 103: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Menghubungkan Sakelar (Switch) ke TerminalSetelah menyelesaikan semua sambungan eksternal, hubungkan terminal ke sakelar (switch) untuk mengkonfigurasi sakelar (switch).

CATATAN: Bacalah catatan rilis untuk produk ini sebelum melanjutkan. Anda

dapat mengunduh catatan rilis tersebut dari situs internet Dell Support di

support.dell.com/manuals.

CATATAN: Kami merekomendasikan agar Anda mendapatkan versi terbaru

mengenai dokumentasi pengguna dari situs internet Dell Support di

http://support.dell.com/manuals.

Untuk memonitor dan mengkonfigurasi sakelar (switch) melalui konsol serial, gunakan lubang konsol USB pada panel depan sakelar (switch) (lihat gambar 1-1) untuk menghubungkannya ke terminal VT100 atau komputer yang menjalankan perangkat lunak emulasi terminal VT100. Lubang konsol tersebut diimplementasikan sebagai konektor peralatan terminal data (DTE).

Peralatan berikut ini diperlukan untuk menggunakan lubang konsol:

• Terminal kompatibel VT100 atau desktop atau komputer portabel dengan lubang serial yang menjalankan perangkat lunak emulasi terminal VT100, seperti Microsoft HyperTerminal.

• Sebuah kabel serial (disediakan) dengan konektor USB tipe A untuk lubang konsol dan konektor DB-9 untuk terminal.

Lakukan tugas-tugas berikut ini untuk menghubungkan terminal ke lubang konsol sakelar (switch):

1 Hubungkan konektor DB-9 pada kabel serial ke terminal atau komputer yang menjalankan perangkat lunak emulasi terminal VT100.

2 Konfigurasikan perangkat lunak emulasi terminal sebagai berikut:

a Pilih lubang serial yang sesuai (misalnya, COM 1) untuk menyambung ke konsol.

b Setel kecepatan transmisi data ke 9600 baud.

c Setel format data ke 8 bit data, 1 bit stop, dan tanpa paritas.

d Setel kontrol aliran ke tidak ada.

e Setel modus emulasi terminal ke VT100.

Panduan Pengaktifan 101

Page 104: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

f Pilih kunci-kunci Terminal untuk kunci Fungsi, Panah, dan Ctrl. Pastikan bahwa setelan adalah untuk kunci-kunci Terminal (bukan kunci-kunci Microsoft Windows).

CATATAN: Ketika menggunakan HyperTerminal dengan Microsoft

Windows 2000, pastikan bahwa Anda telah menginstal Windows 2000 Service

Pack 2 atau yang versi yang lebih tinggi. Dengan Windows 2000 Service

Pack 2, kunci-kunci panah berfungsi sebagaimana mestinya dalam emulasi

HyperTerminal's VT100. Kunjungi microsoft.com untuk informasi lebih lanjut

mengenai Windows 2000 service packs.

3 Hubungkan konektor USB pada kabel langsung ke lubang konsol sakelar (switch). Lubang PowerConnect M8024-k konsol berada di sisi kanan panel depan, seperti tampak dalam gambar 1-4.

Gambar 1-4. PowerConnect M8024-k ULubang Konsol USB

Mem-booting Sakelar (Switch)Ketika daya dihidupkan dengan terminal lokal sudah terhubung, sakelar (switch) akan menjalani power-on self-test (POST). POST bekerja setiap kali sakelar (switch) diinisialisasi dan mengecek komponen perangkat keras untuk menentukan apakah sakelar (switch) benar-benar operasional sebelum melakukan booting secara penuh. Jika POST mendeteksi masalah kritism aliran program akan berhenti. Jika POST berhasil, perangkat lunak permanen (firmware) akan dimuat ke RAM. Pesan POST ditampilkan pada terminal dan memperlihatkan keberhasilan atau kegagalan tes. Proses boot berjalan sekitar 60 detik.

Lubang Konsol

USB

02 Panduan Pengaktifan

Page 105: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Anda dapat membuka menu Boot setelah bagian pertama POST selesai. Dari menu Boot, Anda dapat melakukan tugas-tugas konfigurasi seperti menyetel ulang sistem ke setelan pabrik, mengaktifkan gambar backup, atau mendapatkan kembali kata sandi. Untuk informasi lebih lanjut mengenai fungsi-fungsi menu Boot, lihat Panduan Acuan CLI.

Melakukan Konfigurasi AwalProsedur konfigurasi awal didasarkan pada asumsi-asumsi berikut ini:

• Sakelar (switch) PowerConnect tidak pernah dikonfigurasi sebelumnya dan berada dalam kondisi yang sama seperti waktu Anda terima.

• Sakelar (switch) PowerConnect berhasil diboot.

• Koneksi konsol telah tercipta, dan prom Dell Easy Setup Wizard muncul pada layar terminal VT100 atau terminal sejenis.

Konfigurasi awal sakelar (switch) dilakukan melalui lubang konsol. Setelah konfigurasi awal, Anda dapat mengelola sakelar (switch) dari lubang konsol yang sudah terhubung atau melalui koneksi jarak jauh.

CATATAN: Sakelar (switch) tidak dikonfigurasi dengan nama pengguna, kata

sandi, atau alamat IP bawaan.

Sebelum mengatur konfigurasi awal sakelar (switch), dapatkan informasi berikut ini dari administrator jaringan Anda:

• Alamat IP yang akan diberikan ke out-of-band (OOB) interface untuk manajemen piranti.

• IP subnet mask untuk OOB interface.

• Alamat IP dari OOB interface default gateway.

Pengaturan ini diperlukan untuk memudahkan manajemen jarak jauh sakelar (switch) melalui Telnet (Telnet client) atau HTTP (Web browser).

Prosedur Konfigurasi Awal

Anda dapat melakukan konfigurasi awala dengan menggunakan Dell Easy Setup Wizard atau dengan menggunakan CLI. Wizard tersebut secara otomatis bekerja ketiak file konfigurasi sakelar (switch) kosong. Anda dapat keluar dari wizard kapan pun dengan menekan tombol [ctrl+z], tetapi semua pengaturan konfigurasi yang telah ditetapkan akan dibatalkan, dan sakelar (switch) akan menggunakan nilai-nilai bawaan.

Panduan Pengaktifan 103

Page 106: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

CATATAN: Jika Anda tidak menjalankan Easy Setup Wizard atau tidak merespon

prom initial Easy Setup Wizard dalam tempo 60 detik, sakelar (switch) akan masuk

ke modus CLI.

Untuk informasi lebih lanjut tentang pelaksanaan konfigurasi awal dengan menggunakan CLI, lihat Panduan Acuan CLI. Panduan Pengaktifan ini memperlihatkan cara menggunakan Easy Setup Wizard untuk konfigurasi awal sakelar (switch). Wizar akan mengatur konfigurasi berikut ini pada sakelar (switch):

• Menetapkan akun awal dari pengguna yang diberi hak dengan kata sandi yang valid. Wizard akan mengkonfigurasi satu akun pengguna yang diberi hak selama proses pengaturan.

• Memungkinkan login CLI dan akses HTTP untuk menggunakan setelan otentikasi lokal saja.

• Mengatur alamat IP untuk OOB interface.

• Mengatur string komunitas SNMP yang akan digunakan oleh SNMP manager pada alamat IP yang diberikan. Anda bisa memilih untuk melompati langkah ini jika manajemen SNMP tidak digunakan untuk sakelar (switch) ini.

Contoh Sesi

Bagian ini menjelaskan sesi Easy Setup Wizard. Nilai-nliai berikut ini digunakan oleh sesi contoh:

• SNMP tidak diaktifkan.

• Nama pengguna bawaan, root, diterima dan kata sandi admin123 dimasukkan. Wizard tidak akan menampilkan kata sandi yang dimasukkan.

• OOB management interface menggunakan 192.168.2.1 untuk IP address yang diberikan.

CATATAN: Dalam contoh di bawah ini, opsi pengguna yang memungkinkan atau

nilai bawaan diberi kurawal ([ ]). Jika Anda menekan <Enter> tanpa menetapkan

opsi apapun, nilai bawaan akan diterima. Teks bantuan ada di dalam kurawal.

Contoh berikut ini berisi urutan prom dan respon dalam kaitannya dengan menjalankan contoh sesi Dell Easy Setup Wizard, dengan menggunakan nilai-nilai input tersebut di atas.

Setelah sakelar (switch) selesai menjalani POST dan diboot, teks berikut ini akan ditampilkan:

04 Panduan Pengaktifan

Page 107: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>

Applying Global configuration, please wait ...

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch

configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly

as possible. You can skip the setup wizard, and enter

CLI mode to manually configure the switch. You must

respond to the next question to run the setup wizard

within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will continue

with normal operation using the default system

configuration. Note: You can exit the setup wizard at

any point by entering [ctrl+z].

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must

answer this question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y

First:

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple

Mode? [Y/N] y

Step 1:

The system is not setup for SNMP management by

default. To manage the switch using SNMP (required for

Dell Network Manager) you can

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For

more information on setting up an SNMP version 1

or 3 account, see the user documentation).

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface

now? [Y/N] n

Step 2:

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15)

user account. This account is used to login to the CLI

and Web interface. You may setup other accounts and

Panduan Pengaktifan 105

Page 108: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

change privilege levels later. For more information on

setting up user accounts and changing privilege

levels, see the user documentation.

To setup a user account:

Please enter the user name. [root]:

Please enter the user password:

Please reenter the user password:

Step 3:

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band)

Interface and/or the VLAN1 routing interface.

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web

interface, or SNMP interface of the switch.

To access the switch through any Management Interface

you can

. Setup the IP address for the Management Interface.

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is

manually configured on both routing and OOB

interface.

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band interface now?

[Y/N] y

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or

enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically

request an IP address from the network DHCP server.

[192.168.2.1]:

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).

[255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been

collected:

Operational Mode = Simple

User Account setup = root

06 Panduan Pengaktifan

Page 109: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Password = ********

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0

Final Step:

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to

save the configuration, and copy the settings to the

start-up configuration file. If the information is

incorrect, enter (N) to discard the configuration and

restart the wizard: [Y/N] y

Thank you for using the Dell Easy Set up Wizard. You

will now enter CLI mode.

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...

console>

Langkah-langkah Selanjutnya

Setelah menyelesaikan konfigurasi awal sebagaimana dijelaskan dalam bagian ini, Anda dapat menghubungkan lubang sakelar (switch) panel depan ke jaringan produksi Anda untuk manajemen in-band jarak jauh.

Jika Anda menetapkan DHCP untuk alamat IP OOB management interface , interface tersebut akan mengambil alamat IP dari server DHCP pada jaringan. Untuk mendapatkan kembali alamat IP yang diberikan secara dinamis, gunakan koneksi lubang konsol untuk mengeluarkan perintah berikut ini:

perlihatkan ip interface out-of-band.

Untuk mengakses Dell OpenManage Switch Administrator interface, masukkan alamat IP OOB management interface ke kolom alamat pada Web browser. Untuk akses manajemen jarak jauh ke CLI, masukkan alamat IP OOB management interface ke klien Telnet atau SSH. Sebagai alternatif, Anda dapat melanjutkan untuk menggunakan lubang konsol untuk akses CLI lokal ke sakelar (switch).

Panduan Pengaktifan 107

Page 110: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

Sakelar PowerConnect M8024-k(switch) Anda mendukung fitur-fitur switching dasar seperti VLANs, 802.1X, RADIUS dan TACACS+. Untuk informasi lebih lanjut mengenai fitur-fitur yang didukung dalam modus Sederhana, lihat Simple Switch Mode: Port Aggregator Feature White Paper.

Jika sakelar (switch) dikonfigurasi untuk beroperasi dalam modus Normal, sakelar (switch) tersebut dapat juga mendukung fitur-fitur seperti merentangkan tree protocol, serta fitur-fitur advanced Layer 3 seperti dynamic routing dan multicast. Gunakan web-based management interface atau CLI untuk mengkonfigurasi fitur-fitur yang diperlukan jaringan Anda. Untuk informasi lebih lanjut tentang cara mengkonfigurasi fitur-fitur sakelar, lihat Panduan Konfigurasi Pengguna atau Panduan Acuan CLI yang teredia di situs internet dukungan: http://support.dell.com/manuals.

08 Panduan Pengaktifan

Page 111: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Dell PowerConnect

M8024-k スイッチ

はじめに

認可モデル:PCM8024-k

Page 112: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

メモ メモ: コンピュータを使いやすくするための重要な情報を説明し

ています。

____________________

本書の内容は予告なく変更されることがあります。

© 2010 すべての著作権は Dell Inc. にあります。

Dell Inc. の書面による許可のない複製は、いかなる形態においても厳重に禁じられています。

本書に使用されている商標: Dell™、DELL ロゴ、PowerConnect™ および OpenManage™は Dell Inc. の商標です。Microsoft® および Windows® は米国その他の国におけるMicrosoft Corporation の商標または登録商標です。

商標または製品の権利を主張する事業体を表すためにその他の商標および社名が使用され

ていることがあります。 それらの商標や会社名は、一切 Dell Inc. に帰属するものではありません。

認可モデル PCM8024-k

2011 年 3 月 P/N 7XG64 Rev. A00

Page 113: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

目次

1 はじめに . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

PowerConnect M8024-k 概要 . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

2 ハードウェアの概要 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

内部ポート . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

前面パネル . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

SFP+ ポート . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

拡張スロット . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

USB コンソールポート. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

ポート LED とシステム LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

3 設置 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

設置場所の準備. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

スイッチの開梱. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

パッケージの内容 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

開梱の手順 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

目次 111

Page 114: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

4 スイッチの起動と設定 . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

ターミナルへの接続 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

スイッチの起動 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

初期設定の実行 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

初期設定の手順 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

サンプルセッション . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

次の手順 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

12 目次

Page 115: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

はじめに本書では、Dell PowerConnect M8024-k スイッチの設置と初期設定の手順を含む基本について説明しています。 スイッチ機能の設定と監視については、『Users Configuration Guide』(設定ガイド)を参照してください。このガイドはデルサポートサイト http://support.dell.com/manuals で入手できます。マニュアルとファームウェアの最新版もこのサイトで確認

してください。

以下のセクションに分かれています。

• ハードウェアの概要

• 設置

• スイッチの起動と設定

PowerConnect M8024-k 概要PowerConnect M8024-k は、PowerEdge M1000e システム内で使用するレイヤ 3 の 10 ギガビットイーサネットブレードスイッチです。 M1000e システムはサーバーブレードを 16 台まで、PowerConnect M8024-k ブレードスイッチを 6 台までサポートします。

はじめに 113

Page 116: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

ハードウェアの概要本項では、PowerConnect M8024-k スイッチのデバイス特性とモジュールのハードウェア構成について説明します。

PowerConnect M8024-k の寸法は以下のとおりです。

• 274.75 x 309.24 x 33.45 mm(W x D x H)

内部ポートPowerConnect M8024-k には、10 ギガビットイーサネット内部ポートが 16 個装備されています。 16 個の内部ポートは、M1000e シャーシミッドプレーン経由でサーバーブレードに接続されています。

M8024-k には、スイッチ管理専用の内蔵イーサネットインタフェース(帯域外(OOB)インタフェース)も装備されています。 OOB インタフェースは、シャーシミッドプレーン経由でシャーシ管理コントローラに

接続されています。 このポートのトラフィックは、スイッチポートの稼動ネットワークトラフィックから隔離されており、稼動ネットワークへの切

り替え / 経路変更はできません。

前面パネル下記のイラストは PowerConnect M8024-k の前面パネルです。

図 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k 前面パネル

前面パネルには、SFP+ ポート 4 個、および 10 ギガビットモジュール用の拡張スロット 1 個が装備されています。 前面パネルには、管理機能用の USB シリアルコンソールインタフェース、およびポートとシステムのステータスを示す LED も備わっています。

USB コンソールポートSFP+ ポート拡張スロット

114 はじめに

Page 117: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

SFP+ ポート

PowerConnect M8024-k には、SR、LR、LRM トランシーバを備えた SFP+ ポート 4 個、および SFP+ 直接接続ケーブルが装備されています。 SFP トランシーバと直接接続ケーブルは別売です。

拡張スロット

10G 拡張スロットは以下のモジュールをサポートしています。

• SFP+(4 ポート)

• CX-4(3 ポート)

• 10GBASE-T(2 ポート)

スタッキングモジュールは別売となっています。

USB コンソールポート

USB コンソールポートは、RS-232 シリアルインタフェース経由の管理に使用されます。 このポートはスイッチとの直接接続をサポートし、付属のシリアルケーブル(両端が USB タイプ A コネクタとメスの DB-9 コネクタ)を使用して、ポートに接続されているコンソールターミナルから CLI にアクセスできます。

コンソールポートは、8 データビット、1 ストップビット、パリティなし、およびフロー制御なしの同期データに対応しています。 デフォルトのボーレートは 9600 bps です。

ポート LED とシステム LED

前面パネルには、PowerConnect M8024-k ユニットの状態を示す LED が装備されています。

図 1-2. 前面パネル LED

システム電源 LED

システムステータ

ス LED

はじめに 115

Page 118: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

ステータス LED の定義を 表 1-1 に示します。

設置

設置場所の準備スイッチを設置する前に、設置場所が以下の要件を満たしていることを確

認します。

• クリアランス 前後に作業に十分な空間がある。 ケーブル配線、電源接続、および通気用の空間を確保してください。

• ケーブル配線 無線機、通信用の増幅器、電力線、蛍光灯取り付け器具などの電気的ノイズの発生源を避けて、ケーブルが配線されて

いる。

• 周辺温度 動作時の周囲温度の範囲は 10 ~ 35C。

メモ: 900 m を超える場所では、300 m 上昇するごとに最大温度を 1 C

下げます。

• 相対湿度 動作相対湿度は、1 時間当たり最大 10 パーセントの湿度変化で 8 ~ 85 パーセント(結露しないこと)。

表 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k の電源とステータス LED の定義

LED 色 定義

緑色 スイッチに電力が供給されている。

消灯 スイッチに電力が供給されていない。

青色 スイッチは正常に動作している。

消灯 スイッチは電源オフになっている。

黄色 エラーが発生しているか、またはスイッチが起動中。

116 はじめに

Page 119: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

スイッチの開梱

パッケージの内容

スイッチを開梱し、以下のアイテムが揃っていることを確認します。

• PowerConnect スイッチ 1 台

• USB タイプ A-to-DB-9 メスケーブル

• 『はじめに』

• 『安全および認可に関する情報』

• 『保証に関する情報』

• 『ソフトウェア製品ライセンス契約』

開梱の手順

メモ: 開梱する前に箱を調べて、損傷がある場合は、すぐにご連絡くだ

さい。

1 箱を整頓された平らな面に置き、箱を締めているすべてのストラッ

プを切ります。

2 箱を開けるか、箱の上部を取り外します。

3 スイッチを箱から慎重に取り出し、安全で整頓された場所に置

きます。

4 すべての梱包材を取り除きます。

5 製品とアクセサリに損傷がないか点検します。

はじめに 117

Page 120: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

スイッチの起動と設定以下のフローチャートは、スイッチの梱包を解いて取り付けた後で初期設

定を行う際の手順の概要を示すものです。

図 1-3. 取り付けと設定のフローチャート

電源とコンソー

ルの接続

電源の投入

オプション 2 を

選択

起動メニュー

(特殊機能)

再起動

プログラムをフ

ラッシュから

RAM にロード

手動による初期

設定

Easy Setup Wizard

(Easy Setup ウィザー

ド)による設定

詳細設定

起動メニ

入りますか ?

ウィザ

ますか ?

はい

いいえ

はい

いいえ

ューに

ードに入り

118 はじめに

Page 121: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

ターミナルへの接続すべての外部接続の完了後、ターミナルをスイッチに接続してスイッチの

設定を行います。

メモ: 以下の手順を実行する前に本製品のリリースノートをお読みくだ

さい。 リリースノートは、デルサポートサイト

support.dell.com/manuals からダウンロードできます。

メモ: ユーザーマニュアルは、デルサポートサイト

http://support.dell.com/manuals から最新バージョンを入手されるよ

うお勧めします。

シリアルコンソール経由でスイッチの監視と設定を行うには、スイッチの

前面パネルの USB コンソールポート(図 1-1 を参照)を使用して、VT100 ターミナルに、または VT100 ターミナルエミュレーションソフトウェアを実行しているコンピュータにスイッチを接続します。 コンソールポートは、データ端末装置(DTE)のコネクタとして実装されています。

コンソールポートを使用するために必要なものは以下のとおりです。

• Microsoft ハイパーターミナルなどの VT100 ターミナルエミュレーションソフトウェアを実行しており、シリアルポートが装備された、

VT100 互換のターミナル、デスクトップまたはノートブックコンピュータ

• コンソールポート用の USB タイプ A コネクタ、ターミナル用の DB-9 コネクタを備えた付属のシリアルケーブル 1 本

スイッチのコンソールポートにターミナルを接続するには、以下の手順を

実行します。

1 シリアルケーブルの DB-9 コネクタを VT100 ターミナルエミュレーションソフトウェアを実行しているターミナルまたはコンピュータ

に接続します。

2 ターミナルエミュレーションソフトウェアを以下のように設定

します。

a コンソールに接続する適切なシリアルポート(たとえば COM 1)を選択します。

b データ速度を 9600 ボーに設定します。

c データ形式を、データビット 8、ストップビット 1、パリティなしに設定します。

d フロー制御をなしに設定します。

はじめに 119

Page 122: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

e ターミナルエミュレーションモードを VT100 に設定します。

f Function, Arrow, and Ctrl keys(ファンクション、矢印、および Ctrl キー)に Terminal keys(ターミナルキー)を設定します。 設定が Windows keys(Microsoft Windows キー)ではなく Terminal keys(ターミナルキー)であることを確認します。

メモ: Microsoft Windows 2000 でハイパーターミナルを使用する場合

は、Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 またはそれ以降のバージョンがイン

ストールされていることを確認してください。 Windows 2000 Service

Pack 2 を使用すると、ハイパーターミナルの VT100 エミュレーション

で矢印キーが正しく機能します。 Windows 2000 サービスパックの詳細

については、microsoft.com を参照してください。

3 ケーブルの USB コネクタをスイッチのコンソールポートに直接接続します。 図 1-4 に示すように、PowerConnect M8024-k コンソールポートは、前面パネルの右側にあります。

図 1-4. PowerConnect M8024-k USB コンソールポート

スイッチの起動ローカルターミナルを接続した状態で電源を入れると、スイッチは電源投

入時の自己診断(POST)を実行します。 POST はスイッチの初期化のたびに実行され、完全に起動する前にハードウェアコンポーネントをテストし

て、スイッチが正常に動作することを確認します。 重大な問題が検知されると、プログラムのフローが止まります。 POST が正常に完了すると、有効なファームウェアが RAM に読み込まれます。 テストが正常に完了したか失敗したかを知らせる POST メッセージがターミナルに表示されます。 起動処理は約 60 秒で完了します。

USB コンソー

ルポート

120 はじめに

Page 123: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

POST の最初の部分が完了すると、Boot(起動)メニューを呼び出すことができます。 Boot(起動)メニューから、工場出荷時のデフォルトへのリセット、バックアップイメージの有効化、パスワードを忘れた場合のリカ

バリなどの設定タスクを行うことができます。 Boot(起動)メニュー機能の詳細については、『CLI Reference Guide』(CLI リファレンスガイド)を参照してください。

初期設定の実行初期設定の手順は、以下が前提とされています。

• PowerConnect スイッチがこれまで設定されたことがなく、工場出荷時の状態のままであること。

• PowerConnect スイッチが正常に起動していること。

• コンソールへの接続が確立していて、VT100 ターミナル(または同等のデバイス)の画面に Dell Easy Setup Wizard のプロンプトが表示されること。

スイッチの初期設定はコンソールポート経由で行います。 初期設定が完了すれば、すでに接続されているコンソールポートから、またはリモート接

続経由で、スイッチを管理できます。 

メモ: スイッチはデフォルトのユーザー名、パスワード、IP アドレスを

使用して設定されてはいません。

スイッチの初期設定を行う前に、ネットワーク管理者から以下の情報を入

手してください。

• デバイス管理用の帯域外(OOB)インタフェースに割り当てる IP アドレス。

• OOB インタフェースの IP サブネットマスク。

• OOB インタフェースデフォルトゲートウェイの IP アドレス。

Telnet(Telnet クライアント)または HTTP(Web ブラウザ)経由でスイッチをリモート管理するには、これらの設定が必要です。

初期設定の手順

初期設定は、Dell Easy Setup Wizard または CLI を使用して行います。 スイッチの設定ファイルが空の場合、ウィザードは自動的に起動します。 ウィザードは Ctrl+Z を押せばいつでも終了できますが、設定した情報はすべて破棄され、デフォルト値が使用されます。

はじめに 121

Page 124: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

メモ: Easy Setup Wizard を実行しない場合、または Easy Setup Wizard の初

期プロンプトに 60 秒以内に応答しない場合、スイッチは CLI モードに入り

ます。

CLIを使用して初期設定を行う方法の詳細については、『CLI Reference Guide』(CLI リファレンスガイド)を参照してください。 本書では、スイッチの初期設定に Easy Setup Wizard を使用する方法について説明しています。 ウィザードにより、スイッチに以下の設定が行われます。

• 有効なパスワードが設定された初期特権ユーザーアカウントが設定されます。 セットアップ中に 1 つの特権ユーザーアカウントが設定されます。

• CLI ログインと HTTP アクセスによってローカル認証の設定のみが使用できるようになります。

• OOB インタフェースの IP アドレスが設定されます。

• SNMP マネージャが所定の IP アドレスで使用する SNMP コミュニティストリングが設定されます。 このスイッチに SNMP 管理を使用しない場合は、この手順を省略して構いません。

サンプルセッション

本項では、Easy Setup Wizard のセッションについて説明します。 サンプルセッションでは、以下の値が使用されています。

• SNMP が無効。

• デフォルトユーザー名 root が受け入れられ、パスワード admin123 が入力済みである。 入力中のパスワードは表示されません。

• OOB 管理インタフェースでは、IP アドレスの割り当てに 192.168.2.1 が使用されます。

メモ: 次の例では、ユーザーが選択できる箇所またはデフォルト値は [ ]

で括られています。 オプションを指定せずに <Enter> を押すと、デフォル

ト値を受け入れることになります。 ヘルプテキストはかっこ内に示してあ

ります。

次の例には、上記の入力値を使用して Dell Easy Setup Wizard のサンプルセッションを実行する際に表示される一連のプロンプトや応答が含ま

れています。

POST が完了してスイッチが起動すると、次のテキストが表示されます。

122 はじめに

Page 125: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>

Applying Global configuration, please wait ...

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch

configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly

as possible. You can skip the setup wizard, and enter

CLI mode to manually configure the switch. You must

respond to the next question to run the setup wizard

within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will continue

with normal operation using the default system

configuration. Note: You can exit the setup wizard at

any point by entering [ctrl+z].

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must

answer this question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y

First:

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple

Mode? [Y/N] y

Step 1:

The system is not setup for SNMP management by

default. To manage the switch using SNMP (required for

Dell Network Manager) you can

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For

more information on setting up an SNMP version 1

or 3 account, see the user documentation).

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface

now? [Y/N] n

Step 2:

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15)

user account. This account is used to login to the CLI

and Web interface. You may setup other accounts and

はじめに 123

Page 126: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

change privilege levels later. For more information on

setting up user accounts and changing privilege

levels, see the user documentation.

To setup a user account:

Please enter the user name. [root]:

Please enter the user password:

Please reenter the user password:

Step 3:

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band)

Interface and/or the VLAN1 routing interface.

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web

interface, or SNMP interface of the switch.

To access the switch through any Management Interface

you can

. Setup the IP address for the Management Interface.

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is

manually configured on both routing and OOB

interface.

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band interface now?

[Y/N] y

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or

enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically

request an IP address from the network DHCP server.

[192.168.2.1]:

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).

[255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been

collected:

Operational Mode = Simple

User Account setup = root

124 はじめに

Page 127: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Password = ********

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0

Final Step:

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to

save the configuration, and copy the settings to the

start-up configuration file. If the information is

incorrect, enter (N) to discard the configuration and

restart the wizard: [Y/N] y

Thank you for using the Dell Easy Set up Wizard. You

will now enter CLI mode.

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...

console>

次の手順

本項で説明されている初期設定を完了したら、帯域内リモート管理用に前

面パネルの任意のスイッチポートをプロダクションネットワークに接続す

ることができます。

OOB 管理インタフェースの IP アドレスに DHCP を指定すると、インタフェースはネットワーク上の DHCP サーバーから IP アドレスを取得します。 動的に割り当てられた IP アドレスを検知するには、コンソールポート接続を使用して次のコマンドを発行します。

show ip interface out-of-band.

Dell OpenManage Switch Administrator のインタフェースにアクセスするには、Web ブラウザのアドレスフィールドに OOB 管理インタフェースの IP アドレスを入力します。 CLI に対してリモート管理アクセスを行うには、Telnet または SSH のクライアントに OOB 管理インタフェースの IP アドレスを入力します。 または、スイッチへのローカル CLI アクセスにコンソールポートを引き続き使用することも可能です。

はじめに 125

Page 128: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

お使いの PowerConnect M8024-k スイッチは、VLAN、802.1X、RADIUS、TACACS+ などの基本的なスイッチ機能をサポートしています。 簡易モードでサポートされている機能の詳細については、『Simple Switch Mode: Port Aggregator Feature White Paper』(簡易スイッチモード:ポートアグリゲータ機能のホワイトペーパー)を参照してください。

スイッチが標準モードで動作するように設定されている場合は、スパニン

グツリープロトコルなどの機能に加えて、動的ルーティングやマルチキャ

ストなどの上級レイヤ 3 機能をサポートしています。 ウェブベースの管理インタフェースや CLI を使用して、お使いのネットワークで必要とされる機能を設定してください。 スイッチ機能の設定方法については、『Users Configuration Guide』(設定ガイド)または『CLI Reference Guide』(CLI リファレンスガイド)を参照してください。これらのガイドは、サポートサイト http://support.dell.com/manuals から入手できます。

126 はじめに

Page 129: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Dell PowerConnect

M8024-k 스위치

시작 안내서

규정 모델 : PCM8024-k

Page 130: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

주 주 : 주는 컴퓨터를 보다 효율적으로 사용하는데 도움이 되는 중요 정보를 제

공합니다 .

____________________

본 발행물에 수록된 정보는 사전 통보 없이 변경될 수 있습니다.

© 2010 Dell Inc. 저작권 본사 소유.

어떠한 경우에도 Dell Inc.의 사전 승인 없이 본 자료를 무단 복제하는 행위는 엄격하게 금지되어 있습니다.

본 설명서에 사용된 상표인 Dell™, DELL 로고, PowerConnect™, OpenManage™는 Dell Inc.의 상표입니다. Microsoft®, Windows®는 미국 및/또는 기타 국가에서 Microsoft Corporation의 등록 상표입니다.

본 발행물에서 특정 회사의 표시나 제품 이름을 지칭하기 위해 기타 상표나 상호를 사용할 수도 있습니다. Dell Inc.는 자사가 소유하고 있는 것 이외에 기타 모든 상표 및 상호에 대한 어떠한 소유권도 없습니다.

규정 모델 PCM8024-k

2011 년 3 월 P/N 7XG64 Rev. A00

Page 131: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

차례

1 소개 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

PowerConnect M8024-k 개요 . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

2 하드웨어 개요 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

내장 포트 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

전면 패널 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

SFP+ 포트 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

확장 슬롯 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

USB 콘솔 포트. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

포트 및 시스템 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

3 설치 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

설치 현장 준비 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

스위치 포장 풀기 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

패키지 내용물. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

포장 풀기 단계 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

차례 129

Page 132: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

4 스위치 시작 및 구성 . . . . . . . . . . 136

스위치를 터미널에 연결 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

스위치 부팅 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

초기 구성 수행 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

초기 구성 절차. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

세션 예 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

다음 단계. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

30 차례

Page 133: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

소개본 설명서는 스위치 설치 방법 및 초기 구성 수행 방법을 비롯하여 Dell PowerConnect M8024-k 스위치에 대한 기본 정보를 제공합니다. 스위치 기능 구성 및 모니터링 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 사용자 구성 안내서를 참조하십시오. 이 안내서는 Dell 지원 웹 사이트(http://support.dell.com/manuals)에서 사용할 수 있으며 설명서 및 펌웨어에 대한 최신 업데이트를 제공합니다.

본 설명서는 다음과 같은 절로 구성됩니다.

• 하드웨어 개요

• 설치

• 스위치 시작 및 구성

PowerConnect M8024-k 개요PowerConnect M8024-k는 PowerEdge M1000e 시스템에서 작동하는 Layer 3, 10기가비트 이더넷 블레이드 스위치입니다. M1000e 스위치는 최대 16개의 서버 블레이드와 6개의 PowerConnect M8024-k 블레이드 스위치를 지원할 수 있습니다.

시작 안내서 131

Page 134: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

하드웨어 개요이 절에서는 장치의 특성과 PowerConnect M8024-k 스위치를 위한 모듈러 하드웨어 구성에 관한 정보를 제공합니다.

PowerConnect M8024-k의 물리적 크기는 다음 두 가지 치수로 나타냅니다.

• 274.75 x 309.24 x 33.45mm(W x D x H)

• 10.81 x 12.17 x 1.32인치(W x D x H)

내장 포트PowerConnect M8024-k는 10기가비트 이더넷 내장 포트를 16개 제공합니다. 16개의 내장 포트는 M1000e 섀시 중간판을 통해 서버 블레이드에 연결됩니다.

또한 M8024-k는 스위치 관리 전용의 OOB(대역외) 인터페이스인 내장 이더넷 인터페이스를 제공합니다. OOB 인터페이스는 섀시 중간판을 통해 섀시 관리 컨트롤러에 연결됩니다. 이 포트의 트래픽은 스위치 포트의 작동 네트워크 트래픽과 분리되며 작동 네트워크로 스위칭되거나 라우팅될 수 없습니다.

전면 패널다음 이미지는 PowerConnect M8024-k 전면 패널을 보여 줍니다.

그림 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k 전면 패널

전면 패널에는 SFP+ 포트 4개 및 10기가비트 모듈을 위한 확장 슬롯이 있습니다. 또한 전면 패널은 관리 기능용 USB 직렬 콘솔 인터페이스 및 포트 LED와 시스템 상태 LED를 제공합니다.

USB 콘솔 포트SFP+ 포트확장 슬롯

132 시작 안내서

Page 135: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

SFP+ 포트

PowerConnect M8024-k는 4개의 SFP+ 포트를 SR, LR, LRM 송수신기 및 SFP+ 직접 연결 케이블과 함께 제공합니다. SFP 송수신기 및 직접 연결 케이블은 별도로 판매됩니다.

확장 슬롯

10G 확장 슬롯은 다음 모듈을 지원합니다.

• SFP+(포트 4개)

• CX-4(포트 3개)

• 10GBASE-T(포트 2개)

모듈은 별도로 판매합니다.

USB 콘솔 포트

USB 콘솔 포트는 RS-232 직렬 인터페이스를 통해 관리하는 용도로 사용됩니다. 이 포트는 스위치에 직접 연결되도록 하며, 제공된 직렬 케이블(USB type-A to Female DB-9 커넥터)을 통해 해당 포트에 연결된 콘솔 터미널에서 CLI를 액세스할 수 있게 합니다.

콘솔 포트는 데이터 비트(8개), 정지 비트(1개)로 구성되고 패리티 비트 및 흐름 제어가 없는 비동기 데이터를 지원합니다. 기본 보드율은 9600bps입니다.

포트 및 시스템 LED

전면 패널에는 PowerConnect M8024-k 장치의 상태에 대한 정보를 제공하는 발광 다이오드(LED)가 있습니다.

그림 1-2. 전면 패널 LED

시스템 전원 LED

시스템 상태 LED

시작 안내서 133

Page 136: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

표 1-1에는 상태 LED 정의가 포함되어 있습니다.

설치

설치 현장 준비단일 또는 여러 스위치를 설치하기 전에 선택한 설치 장소가 다음의 현장 요구사항을 충족하는지 확인하십시오.

• 여유 공간 - 전면 및 후면에 작업자가 접근할 수 있는 적절한 여유 공간이 확보되어야 합니다. 케이블, 전원 연결 및 통풍을 위한 여유 공간도 확보하십시오.

• 케이블 - 무선 송신기, 브로드캐스트 증폭기, 전선 및 형광 등기구와 같은 전기적 잡음의 원인이 될 수 있는 물체를 피해 케이블을 배선합니다.

• 주변 온도 - 주변 스위치 작동 온도 범위는 10°-35°C(50°-95°F)입니다.

주 : 최고 온도는 900m(2955ft) 이상의 높이에서 300m(985ft) 당 1°C(1.8°F)

씩 낮아집니다 .

• 상대 습도 - 작동 상대 습도는 8%-85%(비응축)이고 시간당 습도의 최대 변화 폭은 10%입니다.

Table 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k 전원 및 상태 LED 정의

LED 색상 정의

녹색 스위치에 전원을 공급하는 중입니다.

꺼짐 스위치에 전원이 없습니다.

청색 스위치가 정상적으로 작동합니다.

꺼짐 스위치 전원이 꺼졌는지 확인하십시오.

황색 장애가 발생했거나 스위치가 현재 부팅 중입니다.

134 시작 안내서

Page 137: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

스위치 포장 풀기

패키지 내용물

스위치의 포장을 풀면서 다음 항목이 들어 있는지 확인하십시오.

• PowerConnect 스위치 1대

• USB type A-to-DB-9 암 케이블 1개

• 시작 안내서

• 안전 및 규정 정보

• 보증 및 지원 정보

• 소프트웨어 라이센스 계약

포장 풀기 단계

주: 스위치의 포장을 풀기 전에 포장용기를 살펴보고 파손된 흔적이 발견되면

즉시 알려주십시오.

1 깨끗하고 평평한 곳에 포장용기를 놓고 고정 끈을 모두 자르십시오.

2 포장 용기를 열거나 포장 용기 덮개를 제거하십시오.

3 포장 용기에서 조심스럽게 스위치를 꺼내 안전하고 깨끗한 곳에 놓으

십시오.

4 포장을 모두 제거하십시오.

5 제품 및 부속품에 파손된 부분이 없는지 살펴보십시오.

시작 안내서 135

Page 138: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

스위치 시작 및 구성다음 흐름 차트는 스위치 포장을 풀고 스위치를 장착한 이후 초기 구성을 수행하기 위해 사용하는 단계를 개략적으로 보여 줍니다.

그림 1-3. 설치 및 구성 흐름 차트

전원 및

콘솔 연결

전원 켜기

옵션 2 선택

Boot(부팅 ) 메뉴

(특수 기능 )

재부팅

플래쉬에서 RAM

으로 프로그램

로드

수동 초기 구성Easy Setup Wizard

구성

고급 구성

Boot(부팅 )

메뉴 사용 ?

마법사

사용 ?

아니요

아니요

136 시작 안내서

Page 139: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

스위치를 터미널에 연결모든 외부 연결을 완료했으면 스위치 구성을 위해 터미널을 스위치에 연결하십시오.

주: 계속하기 전에 이 제품의 릴리즈 노트를 읽으십시오. Dell 지원 웹 사이트

(support.dell.com/manuals)에서 릴리즈 노트를 다운로드할 수 있습니다.

주: Dell 지원 웹 사이트(http://support.dell.com/manuals)에서 최신 사용 설명서를

다운로드할 것을 권장합니다.

직렬 콘솔을 통해 스위치를 모니터하고 구성하려면 스위치의 전면 패널에 있는 USB 콘솔 포트(그림 1-1 참조)를 사용하여 VT100 터미널 또는 VT100 터미널 에뮬레이션 소프트웨어를 실행하는 컴퓨터에 연결하십시오. 콘솔 포트는 DTE(Data Terminal Equipment) 커넥터로 구현됩니다.

콘솔 포트를 사용하려면 다음 장비가 필요합니다.

• VT100 호환 터미널 또는 VT100 터미널 에뮬레이션 소프트웨어(예: Microsoft HyperTerminal)를 실행하고 직렬 포트가 장착된 데스크탑 또는 휴대용 컴퓨터

• 콘솔 포트에 연결되는 USB type-A 커넥터, 터미널에 연결되는 DB-9 커넥터가 있는 직렬 케이블(제공됨)

터미널을 스위치 콘솔 포트에 연결하려면 다음 작업을 수행하십시오.

1 VT100 터미널 에뮬레이션 소프트웨어를 실행하는 터미널 또는 컴퓨

터에 직렬 케이블의 DB-9 커넥터를 연결합니다.

2 터미널 에뮬레이션 소프트웨어를 다음과 같이 구성합니다.

a 콘솔에 연결할 적당한 직렬 포트 (예 : COM 1)를 선택합니다 .

b 데이터 속도를 9600 보드로 설정합니다 .

c 데이터 형식을 8 데이터 비트 , 1 정지 비트 , 패리티 없음으로 설정합니다 .

d 흐름 제어를 없음으로 설정합니다 .

e 터미널 에뮬레이션 모드를 VT100으로 설정합니다 .

f 기능 키 , 화살표 키 및 Ctrl 키용 터미널 키를 선택합니다 . 이 설정은 Microsoft Windows 키가 아니라 터미널 키에 대한 설정이어야 합니다 .

시작 안내서 137

Page 140: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

주 : Microsoft Windows 2000 에서 하이퍼터미널을 사용하는 경우

Windows 2000 서비스 팩 2 이상이 설치되었는지 확인하십시오 .

Windows 2000 서비스 팩 2 를 설치하면 하이퍼터미널의 VT100 에뮬레이션

에서 화살표 키가 올바르게 작동합니다 . Windows 2000 서비스 팩에 대한

자세한 내용을 보려면 microsoft.com 을 방문하십시오 .

3 케이블의 USB 커넥터를 스위치 콘솔 포트에 바로 연결합니다.

PowerConnect M8024-k 콘솔 포트는 그림 1-4에 표시된 대로 전면 패

널의 오른쪽에 있습니다.

그림 1-4. PowerConnect M8024-k USB 콘솔 포트

스위치 부팅로컬 터미널을 연결한 상태에서 전원을 켜면 스위치에서 POST(Power-In Self-Test)가 수행됩니다. POST는 스위치가 시작될 때마다 실행되어 부팅이 완료되기 전에 하드웨어 구성요소를 검사하여 스위치가 작동 가능한지 여부를 확인합니다. POST에서 중요한 문제가 발견되면 프로그램 흐름이 중지됩니다. POST를 통과하면 유효한 펌웨어가 RAM에 로드됩니다. POST 메시지가 터미널에 표시되어 테스트 성공 여부를 알려줍니다. 부팅 프로세스는 약 60초가 소요됩니다.

POST의 첫 번째 부분이 완료된 후 Boot(부팅) 메뉴를 호출할 수 있습니다. Boot(부팅) 메뉴에서는 출하 시 기본값으로 시스템 재설정, 백업 이미지 활성화 또는 암호 복구 같은 구성 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다. Boot(부팅) 메뉴 기능에 대한 자세한 내용은 CLI 참조 안내서를 참조하십시오.

USB 콘솔 포트

138 시작 안내서

Page 141: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

초기 구성 수행다음의 전제 하에 초기 구성 절차가 이루어지는 것으로 가정합니다.

• PowerConnect 스위치는 이전에 구성된 적이 없으며 스위치를 받았을 때와 동일한 상태입니다.

• PowerConnect 스위치가 정상적으로 부팅되었습니다.

• 콘솔 연결이 설정되었고 Dell Easy Setup Wizard 프롬프트가 VT100 터미널 또는 동등한 장치의 화면에 표시됩니다.

초기 스위치 구성은 콘솔 포트를 통해 수행됩니다. 초기 구성 후에는 이미 연결된 콘솔 포트에서 또는 원격 연결을 통해 스위치를 관리할 수 있습니다.

주: 스위치에는 기본 사용자 이름, 암호 또는 IP 주소가 구성되어 있지 않습니다.

스위치의 초기 구성을 설정하기 전에 네트워크 관리자에게 다음 정보를 문의하십시오.

• 장치 관리를 위한 OOB(대역외) 인터페이스에 할당할 IP 주소

• OOB 인터페이스의 IP 서브넷 마스크

• OOB 인터페이스 기본 게이트웨이의 IP 주소

이러한 설정은 텔넷(텔넷 클라이언트)이나 HTTP(웹 브라우저)를 통해 스위치를 원격 관리하도록 허용하는 데 필요합니다.

초기 구성 절차

Dell Easy Setup Wizard를 사용하거나 CLI를 사용하여 초기 구성을 수행할 수 있습니다. Dell Easy Setup Wizard는 스위치 구성 파일이 비어 있으면 자동으로 시작됩니다. 언제든지 [Ctrl+z]를 눌러 마법사를 종료할 수 있지만, 이 경우 지정된 구성 설정이 모두 제거되고 스위치에서 기본값이 사용됩니다.

주: 60초 이내에 Easy Setup Wizard를 실행하지 않거나 초기 Easy Setup Wizard 프

롬프트에 응답하지 않으면 스위치가 CLI 모드로 전환됩니다.

CLI를 사용하여 초기 구성을 수행하는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 CLI 참조 안내서를 참조하십시오. 이 시작 안내서는 Easy Setup Wizard를 사용하여 초기 스위치 구성을 수행하는 방법을 설명합니다. 이 마법사를 이용하여 스위치에 대해 다음 구성을 설정할 수 있습니다.

시작 안내서 139

Page 142: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

• 특별 권한을 갖는 초기 사용자 계정을 유효한 암호와 함께 설정합니다. 마법사는 설정 과정 동안 특별 권한을 갖는 사용자 계정 하나를 구성합니다.

• CLI 로그인 및 HTTP 액세스에서 로컬 인증 설정만 사용할 수 있게 합니다.

• OOB 인터페이스에 대해 IP 주소를 설정합니다.

• 해당 IP 주소에서 SNMP 관리자가 사용할 SNMP 커뮤니티 문자열을 설정합니다. 스위치에 SNMP 관리를 사용하지 않을 경우에는 이 단계를 건너뛸 수 있습니다.

세션 예

아래에서는 Easy Setup Wizard 세션을 설명합니다. 예제 세션에서는 다음 값들을 사용합니다.

• SNMP는 활성화되지 않습니다.

• 기본 사용자 이름인 root를 그대로 사용하고 암호로 admin123이 입력됩니다. 암호 입력 시 마법사는 암호를 표시하지 않습니다.

• OOB 관리 인터페이스는 IP 주소 할당에 192.168.2.1을 사용합니다.

주: 아래 예에서 선택 가능한 사용자 옵션 또는 기본값은 [ ]로 표시됩니다. 아무

런 옵션을 정의하지 않고 <Enter> 키를 누르면 기본값이 사용됩니다. 도움말 텍

스트는 괄호 안에 표시됩니다.

다음 예에는 위에 나열된 입력 값을 사용하여 Dell Easy Setup Wizard 예제 세션을 실행하는 것과 관련된 일련의 프롬프트와 응답이 포함되어 있습니다.

스위치가 POST를 완료하고 부팅되면 다음 텍스트가 나타납니다.

140 시작 안내서

Page 143: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>

Applying Global configuration, please wait ...

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch

configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly as

possible. You can skip the setup wizard, and enter CLI mode

to manually configure the switch. You must respond to the

next question to run the setup wizard within 60 seconds,

otherwise the system will continue with normal operation

using the default system configuration. Note: You can exit

the setup wizard at any point by entering [ctrl+z].

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must answer this

question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y

First:

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple Mode?

[Y/N] y

Step 1:

The system is not setup for SNMP management by default. To

manage the switch using SNMP (required for Dell Network

Manager) you can

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For

more information on setting up an SNMP version 1

or 3 account, see the user documentation).

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface now?

[Y/N] n

Step 2:

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15) user

account. This account is used to login to the CLI and Web

interface. You may setup other accounts and change privilege

levels later. For more information on setting up user

accounts and changing privilege levels, see the user

documentation.

시작 안내서 141

Page 144: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

To setup a user account:

Please enter the user name. [root]:

Please enter the user password:

Please reenter the user password:

Step 3:

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band)

Interface and/or the VLAN1 routing interface.

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web

interface, or SNMP interface of the switch.

To access the switch through any Management Interface you

can

. Setup the IP address for the Management Interface.

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is

manually configured on both routing and OOB

interface.

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band interface now?

[Y/N] y

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or enter

"DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically request an IP

address from the network DHCP server. [192.168.2.1]:

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).

[255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been

collected:

Operational Mode = Simple

User Account setup = root

Password = ********

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0

142 시작 안내서

Page 145: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Final Step:

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to save the

configuration, and copy the settings to the start-up

configuration file. If the information is incorrect, enter

(N) to discard the configuration and restart the wizard:

[Y/N] y

Thank you for using the Dell Easy Set up Wizard. You will

now enter CLI mode.

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...

console>

다음 단계

이 절에 설명된 초기 구성을 완료한 후, 대역내 원격 관리를 위해 전면 패널 스위치 포트 중 하나를 -프로덕션 네트워크에 연결할 수 있습니다.

OOB 관리 인터페이스 IP 주소에 대해 DHCP를 지정한 경우, 이 인터페이스는 네트워크에 있는 DHCP 서버로부터 IP 주소를 받습니다. 동적으로 할당된 IP 주소를 찾으려면 콘솔 포트 연결을 사용하여 다음 명령을 실행합니다.

show ip interface out-of-band.

Dell OpenManage 스위치 관리자 인터페이스에 액세스하려면 웹 브라우저의 주소 필드에 OOB 관리 인터페이스 IP 주소를 입력합니다. 원격 관리를 위해 CLI에 액세스하려면 Telnet 또는 SSH 클라이언트에 OOB 관리 인터페이스 IP 주소를 입력합니다. 또는 콘솔 포트를 스위치에 대한 로컬 CLI 액세스를 위해 계속 사용할 수도 있습니다.

시작 안내서 143

Page 146: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

PowerConnect M8024-k 스위치는 VLAN, 802.1X, RADIUS 및 TACACS+ 같은 기본 스위칭 기능을 지원합니다. 간단 모드에서 지원되는 기능에 대한 자세한 내용은 간단 스위치 모드: Port Aggregator(포트 결합자) 기능 백서를 참조하십시오.

일반 모드에서 작동하도록 스위치가 구성된 경우, 스위치는 스패닝 트리 프로토콜 같은 기능 및 동적 라우팅과 멀티캐스트 같은 고급 Layer 3 기능도 지원할 수 있습니다. 웹 기반 관리 인터페이스 또는 CLI를 사용하여 네트워크에 필요한 기능을 구성하십시오. 스위치 기능을 구성하는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 사용자 구성 안내서 또는 CLI 참조 안내서를 참조하십시오. 이러한 안내서는 지원 사이트인 http://support.dell.com/manuals에서 제공됩니다.

144 시작 안내서

Page 147: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Conmutador Dell

PowerConnect M8024-k

Guía de introducción

Modelo reglamentario: PCM8024-k

Page 148: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Notas

NOTA: Una NOTA proporciona información importante que le ayudará a utilizar

mejor el equipo.

____________________

La información contenida en esta publicación podrá modificarse sin previo aviso.© 2010 Dell Inc. Todos los derechos reservados.

Queda estrictamente prohibida la reproducción de este material en cualquier forma sin la autorización escrita de Dell Inc.

Marcas comerciales utilizadas en este texto: Dell™, el logotipo de DELL, PowerConnect™ y

OpenManage™ son marcas comerciales de Dell Inc. Microsoft® y Windows® son marcas comerciales

registradas de Microsoft Corporation en los Estados Unidos o en otros países.

Esta publicación puede incluir otras marcas y nombres comerciales que se utilicen para hacer referencia a sus titulares o a sus productos. Dell Inc. renuncia a cualquier interés sobre la propiedad de marcas

y nombres comerciales que no sean los suyos propios.

Modelo reglamentario PCM8024-k

Marzo de 2011 N/P 7XG64 Rev. A00

Page 149: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Contenido

1 Introducción . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Información general sobre PowerConnect M8024-k . . 149

2 Información general sobre

el hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Puertos internos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Panel frontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Puertos SFP+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Ranura de expansión . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Puerto de consola USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Indicadores LED de puerto y de sistema . . . . . . 151

3 Instalación . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Preparación del emplazamiento . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Desembalaje del conmutador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Contenido del paquete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Pasos del desembalaje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Contenido 147

Page 150: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

4 Inicio y configuración

del conmutador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Conexión de un conmutador a un terminal . . . . . . 155

Inicio del conmutador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Realización de la configuración inicial . . . . . . . . 157

Procedimiento de configuración inicial . . . . . 158

Sesión de ejemplo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Pasos siguientes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

48 Contenido

Page 151: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

IntroducciónEste documento proporciona información básica sobre los conmutadores Dell PowerConnect M8024-k, incluidos los procedimientos de instalación y configuración inicial del conmutador. Para obtener información sobre cómo configurar y supervisar las funciones del conmutador, consulte la Guía de configuración del usuario, que está disponible en la página web de asistencia de Dell (http://support.dell.com/manuals), para obtener las últimas actualizaciones de la documentación y el firmware.

Este documento consta de las secciones siguientes:

• Información general sobre el hardware

• Instalación

• Inicio y configuración del conmutador

Información general sobre PowerConnect M8024-kPowerConnect M8024-k es un conmutador de alta densidad Ethernet Gigabit 10 de nivel 3 que se utiliza en el sistema PowerEdge M1000e. El sistema M1000e puede admitir hasta 16 módulos de alta densidad de servidor y seis conmutadores PowerConnect M8024-k de alta densidad.

Guía de introducción 149

Page 152: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

Información general sobre el hardwareEsta sección contiene información sobre las características de los dispositivos y las configuraciones de hardware de los módulos correspondientes a los conmutadores PowerConnect M8024-k.

PowerConnect M8024-k tiene las siguientes dimensiones físicas:

• 274,75 x 309,24 x 33,45 mm (ancho x largo x alto)

• 10,81 x 12,17 x 1,32 pulgadas (ancho x largo x alto)

Puertos internosPowerConnect M8024-k proporciona 16 puertos internos Ethernet Gigabit 10. Los 16 puertos internos se conectan a módulos de alta densidad de servidor a través del plano medio del chasis M1000e.

El M8024-k también proporciona una interfaz Ethernet interna, la interfaz fuera de banda (OOB), para la administración del conmutador. La interfaz OOB se conecta a la controladora de administración del chasis a través del plano medio del chasis. El tráfico de este puerto se separa del tráfico de la red operativa en los puertos del conmutador y no se puede conmutar ni direccionar hacia la red operativa.

Panel frontalLa siguiente imagen muestra el panel frontal de PowerConnect M8024-k:

Ilustración 1-1. Panel frontal de PowerConnect M8024-k

Puerto de la

consola USB

Puertos SFP+Ranura de expansión

50 Guía de introducción

Page 153: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

El panel frontal incluye cuatro puertos SFP+ y una ranura de expansión para módulos Gigabit 10. El panel frontal también proporciona una interfaz para la consola serie USB para funciones de administración y varios LED que indican el estado de los puertos y del sistema.

Puertos SFP+

PowerConnect M8024-k proporciona cuatro puertos SFP+ con transceptores SR, LR y LRM, y cables SFP+ de fijación directa. Los transceptores SFP y los cables de fijación directa se venden por separado.

Ranura de expansión

La ranura de expansión 10G admite los siguientes módulos:

• SFP+ (cuatro puertos)

• CX-4 (tres puertos)

• 10GBASE-T (dos puertos)

Los módulos se venden por separado.

Puerto de consola USB

El puerto de consola USB se utiliza para la administración a través de una interfaz serie RS-232. Este puerto proporciona una conexión directa al conmutador y permite acceder a la CLI desde un terminal de consola conectado al puerto a través del cable serie suministrado (con conectores USB de tipo A a DB-9 hembra).

El puerto de consola admite datos asíncronos de ocho bits de datos y un bit de paro, pero no admite ningún bit de paridad ni control de flujo. La velocidad en baudios predeterminada es de 9600 bps.

Indicadores LED de puerto y de sistema

El panel frontal contiene diodos emisores de luz (LED) que proporcionan información sobre el estado de la unidad PowerConnect M8024-k.

Guía de introducción 151

Page 154: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

Ilustración 1-2. LED del panel frontal

En la tabla 1-1, se ofrecen las definiciones de los LED de estado:

Instalación

Preparación del emplazamientoAntes de instalar los conmutadores, asegúrese de que la ubicación elegida cumpla los requisitos siguientes:

• Espacio libre: existe espacio libre suficiente delante y detrás del equipo para permitir el acceso del operador. Deje espacio libre para el cableado, las conexiones de alimentación y la ventilación.

• Cableado: el cableado está canalizado para evitar fuentes de ruido eléctrico, como radiotransmisores, amplificadores de transmisión, líneas de alimentación e instalaciones fijas de luz fluorescente.

Tabla 1-1. Definiciones de los LED de alimentación y de estado

de PowerConnect M8024-k

LED Color Definición

Luz verde El conmutador recibe alimentación.

Apagado El conmutador no recibe alimentación.

Luz azul El conmutador funciona con normalidad.

Apagado El conmutador está apagado.

Luz ámbar Se ha producido un error o el conmutador se está iniciando.

LED de

alimentación

del sistema

LED de estado

del sistema

52 Guía de introducción

Page 155: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

• Temperatura ambiente: el intervalo de temperatura ambiente de funcionamiento del conmutador es de 10 a 35 ºC (de 50 a 95 ºF).

NOTA: Para altitudes superiores a los 900 m (2955 pies), debe reducirse la

temperatura en 1 ºC (1,8 ºF) cada 300 m (985 pies).

• Humedad relativa: la humedad relativa de funcionamiento es de 8 a 85% (sin condensación), con una gradación de humedad máxima del 10% por hora.

Desembalaje del conmutador

Contenido del paquete

Al desembalar cada conmutador, compruebe que se incluyen los elementos siguientes:

• Un conmutador PowerConnect

• Un cable USB de tipo A a DB-9 hembra

• Guía de introducción

• Información sobre normativas y seguridad

• Información sobre garantía y asistencia

• Acuerdo de licencia de software

Pasos del desembalaje

NOTA: Antes de desembalar el conmutador, examine el contenedor e informe

inmediatamente de cualquier daño.

1 Coloque el contenedor en una superficie plana y limpia, y corte todas las tiras que sujetan el contenedor.

2 Abra el contenedor o extraiga la parte superior de éste.

3 Extraiga con cuidado el conmutador del contenedor y colóquelo en una superficie estable y limpia.

4 Retire todo el material de embalaje.

5 Compruebe que el conmutador y los accesorios no estén dañados.

Guía de introducción 153

Page 156: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

54 Guía de introducción

Inicio y configuración del conmutadorEn el diagrama de flujo siguiente se proporciona información general sobre los pasos necesarios para realizar la configuración inicial una vez que se ha desembalado y montado el conmutador.

Ilustración 1-3. Diagrama de flujo de la instalación y la configuración

Conectar

alimentación y

consola

Encendido

Elegir opción 2

Menú de inicio

(funciones

especiales)

Reiniciar

Cargar el programa

de flash a RAM

Configuración

inicial manualConfiguración de

Easy Setup Wizard

Configuración

avanzada

¿Acceder

¿Iniciar el

asistente?

No

No

al menúde inicio?

Page 157: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Conexión de un conmutador a un terminalUna vez realizadas todas las conexiones externas, conecte un terminal a un conmutador para configurar el conmutador.

NOTA: Antes de continuar, lea las notas de la versión de este producto. Puede

descargar las notas de la versión desde la página web de asistencia de Dell

(support.dell.com/manuals).

NOTA: Se recomienda descargar la versión más reciente de la documentación

del usuario desde la página web de asistencia de Dell

(http://support.dell.com/manuals).

Para supervisar y configurar el conmutador mediante la consola serie, utilice el puerto de consola USB del panel frontal del conmutador (consulte la ilustración 1-1) para conectarlo a un terminal VT100 o a un equipo que ejecute software de emulación de terminal VT100. El puerto de consola se implementa como un conector de equipo terminal de datos (DTE).

Para utilizar el puerto de consola, se requiere lo siguiente:

• Un terminal compatible con VT100 o un equipo de escritorio o portátil con un puerto serie que ejecute software de emulación de terminal VT100, como por ejemplo HyperTerminal de Microsoft.

• Un cable serie (suministrado) con un conector USB tipo A para el puerto de consola y un conector DB-9 para el terminal.

Para conectar un terminal al puerto de consola del conmutador, realice los pasos siguientes:

1 Enchufe el conector DB-9 del cable serie en el terminal o equipo que ejecuta software de emulación de terminal VT100.

2 Configure el software de emulación de terminal como se indica a continuación:

a Seleccione el puerto serie adecuado (por ejemplo, COM 1) para la conexión a la consola.

b Establezca la velocidad de datos en 9600 baudios.

c Establezca el formato de datos en 8 bits de datos, 1 bit de paro y sin paridad.

d Establezca el valor del control de flujo como ninguno.

e Establezca el modo de emulación de terminal en VT100.

Guía de introducción 155

Page 158: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

f Seleccione las teclas de terminal para las teclas de función, flecha y Ctrl. Asegúrese de que configura Teclas de terminal y no Teclas de Microsoft Windows.

NOTA: Si utiliza HyperTerminal con Microsoft Windows 2000, debe tener

instalado Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 o posterior. Con Windows 2000

Service Pack 2, las teclas de flecha funcionan correctamente en la emulación

VT100 de HyperTerminal. Vaya a microsoft.com para obtener más información

sobre los Service Pack de Windows 2000.

3 Enchufe el conector USB del cable directamente en el puerto de consola del conmutador. El puerto de consola de PowerConnect M8024-k se encuentra en el lado derecho del panel frontal, tal como se muestra en la ilustración 1-4.

Ilustración 1-4. Puerto de consola USB de PowerConnect M8024-k

Inicio del conmutadorCuando la alimentación se enciende con el terminal local ya conectado, el conmutador realiza una autoprueba de encendido (POST). La POST se ejecuta cada vez que se inicializa el conmutador y comprueba los componentes de hardware para determinar si el conmutador funciona correctamente antes del inicio completo. Si la POST detecta un problema crítico, el flujo de programa se detiene. Si la POST se ejecuta correctamente, se carga el firmware válido en la RAM. Se muestran mensajes de la POST en el terminal que indican si la prueba ha finalizado correctamente o no. El proceso de inicio dura aproximadamente 60 segundos.

Puerto de

consola USB

56 Guía de introducción

Page 159: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Puede abrir el menú de inicio una vez completada la primera parte de la POST. Desde el menú de inicio, puede realizar tareas de configuración, como por ejemplo, restablecer el sistema a la configuración predeterminada de fábrica, activar la imagen de copia de seguridad o recuperar una contraseña. Para obtener más información sobre las funciones del menú de inicio, consulte la Guía de referencia de la CLI.

Realización de la configuración inicialPara el procedimiento de configuración inicial, se da por sentado lo siguiente:

• El conmutador PowerConnect no se había configurado antes y se encuentra en el mismo estado que cuando se recibió.

• El conmutador PowerConnect se ha iniciado correctamente.

• La conexión de la consola se ha establecido y se muestra el indicador de Easy Setup Wizard (Asistente para instalación fácil) de Dell en la pantalla de un terminal VT100 o equivalente.

La configuración inicial del conmutador se lleva a cabo a través del puerto de consola. Después de la configuración inicial, puede administrar el conmutador desde el puerto de consola ya conectado o bien a través de una conexión remota.

NOTA: El conmutador no está configurado con un nombre de usuario, contraseña

o dirección IP predeterminados.

Antes de establecer la configuración inicial del conmutador, solicite esta información al administrador de la red:

• La dirección IP que se debe asignar a la interfaz fuera de banda (OOB) para la administración del dispositivo.

• La máscara de subred IP para la interfaz OOB.

• La dirección IP de la puerta de enlace predeterminada de la interfaz OOB.

Estos valores son necesarios para poder administrar de forma remota el conmutador mediante Telnet (cliente Telnet) o HTTP (explorador web).

Guía de introducción 157

Page 160: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

Procedimiento de configuración inicial

La configuración inicial se puede realizar con el asistente Easy Setup Wizard de Dell o con la CLI. El asistente se inicia automáticamente cuando el archivo de configuración del conmutador está vacío. Puede cerrar el asistente en cualquier momento pulsando [Ctrl+z], pero se descartarán todos los valores de configuración que haya especificado y el conmutador utilizará los valores predeterminados.

NOTA: Si no ejecuta Easy Setup Wizard o no responde al indicador inicial de Easy

Setup Wizard antes de 60 segundos, el conmutador entra en el modo de la CLI.

Para obtener más información sobre cómo realizar la configuración inicial mediante la CLI, consulte la Guía de referencia de la CLI. En esta Guía de introducción, se muestra cómo utilizar Easy Setup Wizard para realizar la configuración inicial del conmutador. El asistente realiza la configuración siguiente en el conmutador:

• Establece la cuenta inicial de usuario con privilegios y le otorga una contraseña válida. El asistente configura una cuenta de usuario con privilegios durante la configuración.

• Habilita el inicio de sesión de CLI y el acceso HTTP para el uso únicamente de la configuración de autenticación local.

• Configura la dirección IP para la interfaz OOB.

• Configura la cadena de comunidad SNMP que va a utilizar el administrador SNMP en una dirección IP determinada. Puede omitir este paso si no utiliza la administración SNMP en este conmutador.

Sesión de ejemplo

En esta sección se describe una sesión con Easy Setup Wizard. Para el ejemplo de sesión, se utilizan los valores siguientes:

• SNMP no habilitado.

• Se acepta el nombre de usuario predeterminado, root, con la contraseña admin123. El asistente no muestra la contraseña mientras se introduce.

• La interfaz de administración OOB utiliza 192.168.2.1 para la asignación de la dirección IP.

58 Guía de introducción

Page 161: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

NOTA: En el ejemplo siguiente, las opciones de usuario posibles o los valores

predeterminados se incluyen entre corchetes [ ]. Si pulsa <Intro> sin definir

ninguna opción, se aceptará el valor predeterminado. El texto de ayuda se muestra

entre paréntesis.

En el ejemplo siguiente, se muestra la secuencia de indicadores y respuestas asociados a la ejecución de un ejemplo de sesión de Easy Setup Wizard de Dell con los valores indicados anteriormente.

Cuando el conmutador finaliza la POST y se inicia, aparece el texto siguiente:

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>

Applying Global configuration, please wait ...

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch

configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly

as possible. You can skip the setup wizard, and enter

CLI mode to manually configure the switch. You must

respond to the next question to run the setup wizard

within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will continue

with normal operation using the default system

configuration. Note: You can exit the setup wizard at

any point by entering [ctrl+z].

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must

answer this question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y

First:

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple

Mode? [Y/N] y

Step 1:

The system is not setup for SNMP management by

default. To manage the switch using SNMP (required for

Dell Network Manager) you can

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For

more information on setting up an SNMP version 1

or 3 account, see the user documentation).

Guía de introducción 159

Page 162: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface

now? [Y/N] n

Step 2:

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15)

user account. This account is used to login to the CLI

and Web interface. You may setup other accounts and

change privilege levels later. For more information on

setting up user accounts and changing privilege

levels, see the user documentation.

To setup a user account:

Please enter the user name. [root]:

Please enter the user password:

Please reenter the user password:

Step 3:

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band)

Interface and/or the VLAN1 routing interface.

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web

interface, or SNMP interface of the switch.

To access the switch through any Management Interface

you can

. Setup the IP address for the Management Interface.

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is

manually configured on both routing and OOB

interface.

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band interface now?

[Y/N] y

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or

enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically

request an IP address from the network DHCP server.

[192.168.2.1]:

60 Guía de introducción

Page 163: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).

[255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been

collected:

Operational Mode = Simple

User Account setup = root

Password = ********

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0

Final Step:

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to

save the configuration, and copy the settings to the

start-up configuration file. If the information is

incorrect, enter (N) to discard the configuration and

restart the wizard: [Y/N] y

Thank you for using the Dell Easy Set up Wizard. You

will now enter CLI mode.

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...

console>

Pasos siguientes

Una vez completada la configuración inicial descrita en esta sección, puede conectar cualquiera de los puertos del panel frontal del conmutador a la red de producción para la administración remota en-banda.

Si ha especificado DHCP para la dirección IP de la interfaz de administración OOB, la interfaz obtendrá su dirección IP a partir de un servidor DHCP de la red. Para detectar la dirección IP asignada de forma dinámica, utilice la conexión del puerto de consola para emitir el comando siguiente:

show ip interface out-of-band.

Guía de introducción 161

Page 164: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

Para acceder a la interfaz de Dell OpenManage Switch Administrator, introduzca la dirección IP de la interfaz de administración OOB en el campo de dirección de un explorador web. Para el acceso de administración remoto a la CLI, escriba la dirección IP de la interfaz de administración OOB en un cliente Telnet o SSH. También puede seguir utilizando el puerto de consola para el acceso local de la CLI al conmutador.

El conmutador PowerConnect M8024-k admite funciones de conmutación básicas, tales como VLAN, 802.1X, RADIUS y TACACS+. Para obtener más información sobre las funciones admitidas en el modo simple, consulte el documento técnico Simple Switch Mode: Port Aggregator Feature (Modo simple del conmutador: función del agregador de puertos).

Si el conmutador está configurado para funcionar en modo normal, también puede admitir funciones como protocolo de árbol de extensión y funciones avanzadas de nivel 3, como el enrutamiento dinámico y la multidifusión. Utilice la interfaz de administración basada en web o la CLI para configurar las funciones necesarias para la red. Para obtener información sobre cómo configurar las funciones del conmutador, consulte los documentos Guía de configuración del usuario o Guía de referencia de la CLI, disponibles en la página web de asistencia: http://support.dell.com/manuals.

62 Guía de introducción

Page 165: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Dell PowerConnect

M8024-k Anahtarı

Başlangıç Kılavuzu

Düzenleyici Model: PCM8024-k

Page 166: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Notlar NOT: NOT, bilgisayarınızdan daha iyi şekilde yararlanmanıza yardımcı olacak önemli bilgiler verir.

____________________

Bu belgedeki bilgiler önceden bildirilmeksizin değiştirilebilir.

© 2010 Dell Inc. Tüm hakları saklıdır.

Dell Inc.'in yazılı izni olmadan bu belgelerin herhangi bir şekilde çoğaltılması kesinlikle yasaktır.

Bu metinde kullanılan Ticari Markalar: Dell™, the DELL logosu, PowerConnect™ ve OpenManage™ Dell Inc. ticari markalarıdır. Microsoft®, Windows® ABD ve/veya diğer ülkelerde Microsoft Corporation’ın ticari markaları veya tescilli ticari markalarıdır.

Bu belgede, marka ve adların sahiplerine ya da ürünlerine atıfta bulunmak için başka ticari marka ve ticari adlar kullanılabilir. Dell Inc. kendine ait olanların dışındaki ticari markalar ve ticari isimlerle ilgili hiçbir mülkiyet hakkı olmadığını beyan eder.

Düzenleyici Model PCM8024-k

Mart 2011 P/N 7XG64 Rev. A00

Page 167: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

İçerik

1 Giriş . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

PowerConnect M8024-k Genel Bakış . . . . . 167

2 Donanıma Genel Bakış . . . . . . . . . 168

Dahili Bağlantı Noktaları . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Ön Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

SFP+ Bağlantı Noktaları. . . . . . . . . . . 169

Genişletme Yuvası . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

USB Konsolu Bağlantı Noktası . . . . . . . 169

Bağlantı Noktası ve Sistem LED’leri . . . . 169

3 Kurulum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Saha Hazırlığı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Anahtarın Paketinin Açılması . . . . . . . . . 171

Paket Muhteviyatı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Paketi Açma Adımları . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

İçerik 165

Page 168: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

1

4 Anahtarın Başlatılması ve Yapılandırılması . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Anahtarın bir Terminale Bağlanması . . . . . 173

Anahtarı Başlatma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Başlangıç Yapılandırmasının Yapılması. . . . 175

Başlangıç Yapılandırma Prosedürü . . . . . 175

Örnek Oturum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Sonraki Adımlar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

66 İçerik

Page 169: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

GirişBu belge bir anahtarın kurulması ve başlangıç yapılandırılmasının yapılması dahil olmak üzere Dell PowerConnect M8024-k anahtarlar hakkında temel bilgileri sunar. Anahtar özelliklerinin yapılandırılması ve izlenmesi hakkında daha fazla bilgi için, Dell Destek sitesinde dokümantasyon ve aygıt yazılımı konusunda en son güncellemelere ilişkin http://support.dell.com/manuals içinde yer alan Kullanıcı Yapılandırma Kılavuzu’na bakınız.

Bu belge aşağıdaki bölümleri kapsar:

• Donanıma Genel Bakış

• Kurulum

• Anahtarın Başlatılması ve Yapılandırılması

PowerConnect M8024-k Genel BakışPowerConnect M8024-k, PowerEdge M1000e sisteminde çalışan Katman 3, 10-Gigabit Ethernet blade anahtarıdır. M1000e sistemi, en fazla 16 sunucu blade ve altı PowerConnect M8024-k blade anahtarını destekleyebilir.

Başlangıç Kılavuzu 167

Page 170: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Donanıma Genel BakışBu kısım PowerConnect M8024-k anahtarlar için aygıt özellikleri ve modüler donanım yapılandırmaları hakkındaki bilgileri ihtiva eder.

PowerConnect M8024-k aşağıdaki fiziki boyutlarına sahiptir:

• 274,75 x 309,24 x 33,45 mm (G x D x Y).

• 10,81 x 12,17 x 1,32 inç (G x D x Y).

Dahili Bağlantı NoktalarıPowerConnect M8024-k 16 dahili 10-Gigabit Ethernet dahili bağlantı noktası sağlar. 16 dahili bağlantı noktası, M1000e gövde merkez düzlemi yoluyla sunucu blade'lerine bağlanır.

M8024-k, ayrıca atanmış bir anahtar yönetimi olan -bant dışı (OOB) arabirim- olarak adlandırılan bir dahili Ethernet arayüzünü de sağlar. OOB arabirimi, gövde merkez düzlemi yoluyla gövde yönetim kontrolörüne bağlanır. Bu bağlantı noktası üzerindeki trafik anahtar bağlantı noktası üzerindeki işletimsel ağ trafiğinden ayrılmıştır ve işletimsel ağa anahtarlanamaz veya yönlendirilemez.

Ön PanelAşağıdaki resim PowerConnect M8024-k ön panelini gösterir:

Şekil 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k Ön Panel

Ön panel, 10-Gigabit modüller için dört SFP+ bağlantı noktası bir genişletme yuvası içerir. Ön panel ayrıca yönetim işlevleri için bir USB seri konsol arabirimi ile bağlantı noktası ve sistem durumu için LED'leri de sağlar.

USB Konsolu Bağlantı Noktası

SFP+ Bağlantı Noktaları

Genişletme Yuvası

168 Başlangıç Kılavuzu

Page 171: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

SFP+ Bağlantı Noktaları

PowerConnect M8024-k SR, LR ve LRM alıcı-vericisine sahip SFP+ bağlantı yuvası ile SFP+ direkt bağlantı kablolarını sağlar. SFP alıcı vericileri ve direkt bağlantı kabloları ayrı olarak satılır.

Genişletme Yuvası

10G genişletme yuvası aşağıdaki modülleri destekler:

• SFP+ (dört bağlantı noktası)

• CX-4 (üç bağlantı noktası)

• 10GBASE-T (iki bağlantı yuvası)

Modüller ayrıca satılır.

USB Konsolu Bağlantı Noktası

USB konsolu bağlantı noktası bir RS-232 seri bir arabirim üzerinden yönetim içindir. Bu bağlantı noktası anahtara doğrudan bir bağlantı sağlar ve sağlanan seri kablo (A tipi USB'den dişi DB-9 konektörlere) üzerinden bağlantı noktasına bağlanan bir konsol terminalinden CLI'a erişmenize imkân sağlar.

Konsol bağlantı noktası sekiz veri biti, bir durma biti, eşlik yok biti ve akış kontrolü yokun asenkron verilerini destekler. Varsayılan veri iletişim hızı 9600 bps’dir.

Bağlantı Noktası ve Sistem LED’leri

Ön panel PowerConnect M8024-k biriminin durumu hakkında bilgi veren ışık yayan diyotları (LED) içerir.

Şekil 1-2. Ön Panel LED’leri

Sistem GücüLED'i

Sistem DurumLED'i

Başlangıç Kılavuzu 169

Page 172: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Tablo 1-1 durum LED tanımlarını içerir:

Kurulum

Saha HazırlığıAnahtar veya anahtarları kurmadan önce seçilen kurulum konumunun aşağıdaki saha gereksinimlerini karşıladığından emin olun:

• Açıklık — Operatörün erişimi için ön ve arkada yeterli açıklık olmalıdır. Kablolar, elektrik bağlantıları ve havalandırma için yeterli açıklık bırakın.

• Kablolama — Kablolar radyo vericileri, yayın yükselticileri, elektrik hatları ve floresan aydınlatma teçhizatı gibi elektriksel parazit kaynaklarından uzak kalacak şekilde yönlendirilmelidir.

• Ortam Sıcaklığı — Ortam anahtarı çalışma sıcaklığı aralığı, 10° ila 35ºC (50° ila 95ºF) arasındadır.

NOT: Maksimum sıcaklığı 900 m'nin (2955 ft) üzerinde, 300 m (985 ft) başına 1°C (1.8°F) azaltın.

• Nispi Nem - Çalışma nispi nemi, saatte maksimum %10'luk nem değişimli %8 ila %85 (yoğuşmasız)'tir.

Tablo 1-1. PowerConnect M8024-k Güç ve Durum LED Tanımları

LED Renk Tanım

Yeşil Güç, anahtarına sağlanır.

Kapalı Anahtarda güç bulunmaz.

Mavi Anahtar normal şekilde çalışıyor.

Kapalı Anahtarda güç kesilmiştir.

Sarı Bir arıza oluştu veya anahtar halihazırda önyükleme yapıyor.

170 Başlangıç Kılavuzu

Page 173: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Anahtarın Paketinin Açılması

Paket Muhteviyatı

Anahtarların paketini açarken aşağıdaki öğelerin pakette yer aldığından emin olun:

• Bir adet PowerConnect anahtar

• Bir adet A tipi USB’den DB-9 dişi kabloya

• Başlangıç Kılavuzu

• Emniyet ve Düzenleyici Bilgiler

• Garanti ve Destek Bilgileri

• Yazılım Lisans Anlaşması

Paketi Açma Adımları

NOT: Paketi açmadan önce, kutuyu kontrol edin ve herhangi bir hasara ilişkin her türlü kanıtı derhal rapor edin.

1 Paketi temiz, düz bir yüzey üzerine yerleştirin ve kutu üzerindeki bantları kesin.

2 Kutuyu açın veya üst kısmını çıkarın.

3 Anahtarı kutu içerisinden dikkatlice çıkarın ve emniyetli ve temiz bir yüzey üzerine yerleştirin.

4 Tüm paketleme malzemelerini kaldırın.

5 Ürünün ve ek birimlerinin hasarlı olup olmadığını kontrol edin.

Başlangıç Kılavuzu 171

Page 174: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

172 Başlangıç Kılavuzu

Anahtarın Başlatılması ve YapılandırılmasıAşağıdaki akış çizelgesi, anahtar paketinden çıkarılıp kurulduktan sonra başlangıç

yapılandırmasını gerçekleştirmek için kullanacağınız adımlara genel bir bakış sağlar.

Şekil 1-3. Kurulum ve Yapılandırma Akış Çizelgesi

Güç ve Konsol Bağlantısını

Yapın

Güç Açık

Seçenek 2’yi Seçin

Önyükleme Menüsü (Özel

İşlevler)

Yeniden Başlat

Programı Flaştan RAM’e Yüklüyor

Manüel Başlangıç

Yapılandırması

Kolay Kurulum Sihirbazı

Yapılandırması

Gelişmiş Yapılandırma

Önyüklemeye

Menü?

Giriş

Sihirbaz?

Evet

Hayır

Evet

Hayır

Giriş

Page 175: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Anahtarın bir Terminale BağlanmasıTüm harici bağlantılar tamamlandıktan sonra, anahtarı yapılandırmak için anahtara bir terminal bağlayın.

NOT: Devam etmeden önce bu ürünün sürüm notlarını okuyun. Sürüm notlarını, support.dell.com/manuals adresindeki Dell Destek web sitesinden indirebilirsiniz.

NOT: Kullanıcı belgelerinin en son sürümünü http://support.dell.com/manuals adresindeki Dell Destek web sitesinden edinmenizi tavsiye ederiz.

Anahtarın seri konsol üzerinden izlenmesi ve yapılandırılması için bir VT100 terminaline veya VT100 terminal emülasyon yazılımına sahip bir bilgisayara bağlantı yapmak için anahtarın ön panelindeki USB konsolu bağlantı noktasını (bkz. Şekil 1-1) kullanın. Konsol bağlantı noktası bir veri terminali ekipmanı (DTE) konektörü olarak düzenlenmiştir.

Konsol bağlantı noktasının kullanılması için aşağıdaki ekipman gereklidir:

• VT100 uyumlu terminal veya VT100 terminal emülasyon yazılımına ve bir seri bağlantı noktasına sahip masaüstü veya taşınabilir bir bilgisayar, Microsoft HyperTerminal gibi.

• Konsol bağlantı noktası için A tipi USB ve terminal için DB-9 konektöre sahip seri bir kablo.

Bir terminali anahtar konsol bağlantı noktasına bağlamak için aşağıdaki işlemleri uygulayın:

1 Seri kablo üzerindeki DB-9 konektörünü VT100 terminal emülasyon yazılımına sahip terminale veya bilgisayara bağlayın.

2 Terminal emülasyon yazılımını aşağıdaki şekilde yapılandırın:

a Konsola bağlanmak için uygun seri bağlantı noktasını (örneğin COM1) seçin.

b Veri hızını 9600 baud olarak ayarlayın.

c Veri formatını 8 veri biti, 1 stop biti olacak ve eşlik biti olmayacak şekilde ayarlayın.

d Akış kontrolünü hiçbiri olarak ayarlayın.

e Terminal emülasyon modunu VT100 olarak ayarlayın.

Başlangıç Kılavuzu 173

Page 176: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

f İşlev, Ok ve Ctrl tuşları için Terminal tuşlarını seçin. Ayarın Terminal tuşları için yapılmasını (Microsoft Windows tuşları değil) sağlayın.

NOT: Microsoft Windows 2000 ile HyperTerminal kullanırken, Windows 2000 Servis Paketi 2 veya daha üst sürümünün yüklü olduğundan emin olun. Windows 2000 Servis Paketi 2 kullanırken, HyperTerminal VT100 emülasyonunda ok tuşları düzgün çalışır. Windows 2000 servis paketleri hakkında daha fazla bilgi almak için microsoft.com adresine gidin.

3 Kablo üzerindeki USB konektörünü doğrudan anahtar konsol bağlantı noktasına bağlayın. PowerConnect M8024-k konsolu bağlantı noktası, Şekil 1-4’de gösterildiği gibi ön panelin sağ tarafında yer alır.

Şekil 1-4. PowerConnect M8024-k USB Konsolu Bağlantı Noktası

Anahtarı BaşlatmaLokal terminal bağlı iken güç açıldığında, anahtar güç açık otomatik sınama (POST) işlemini yapar. POST, anahtar her başlatıldığında uygulanır ve tamamen önyüklenmeden önce anahtarın tamamen işlevsel olduğunu belirlemek için donanım bileşenlerini kontrol eder. POST kritik bir problem tespit ederse program akışı durur. POST başarılı şekilde tamamlanırsa geçerli ürün bilgisi RAM üzerine yüklenir. POST mesajları terminal üzerinde görüntülenir ve sınamanın başarılı veya başarısız olduğunu gösterir. Önyükleme süreci yaklaşık olarak 60 saniye sürer.

USB Konsolu Bağlantı Noktası

174 Başlangıç Kılavuzu

Page 177: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

POST’un ilk kısmı tamamlandıktan sonra Önyükleme menüsünü çağırabilirsiniz. Önyükleme menüsünden, sistemi fabrika ayarlarına geri döndürme, yedekleme imajını aktif hale getirme veya bir parolanın kurtarılması gibi yapılandırma görevlerini yerine getirebilirsiniz. Önyükleme menüsü işlevleri hakkında daha fazla bilgi için bkz. CLI Referans Kılavuzu.

Başlangıç Yapılandırmasının YapılmasıBaşlangıç yapılandırma prosedürü aşağıdaki varsayımlara dayanır:

• PowerConnect anahtarı önceden hiç yapılandırılmamış ve aldığınız durumdadır.

• PowerConnect anahtarı başarılı şekilde önyüklenmiştir.

• Konsol bağlantısı yapılmıştır ve Dell Kolay Kurulum Sihirbazı iletisi VT100 terminali veya eşdeğeri bir terminal ekranı üzerinde görünmektedir.

Başlangıç anahtar yapılandırması konsol portu üzerinden yapılır. Başlangıç yapılandırmasından sonra, anahtarı bağlı durumdaki konsol bağlantı noktası üzerinden veya uzaktan bir bağlantı yoluyla yönetebilirsiniz.

NOT: Anahtar varsayılan kullanıcı adı, parola veya IP adresi ile yapılandırılmaz.

Anahtarın başlangıç yapılandırmasını ayarlamadan önce ağ yöneticinizden aşağıdaki bilgileri alın:

• Aygıt yönetimi için bant dışı (OOB) arabirimine tahsis edilecek olan IP adresi.

• OOB arabirimine ilişkin IP alt ağ maskesi.

• OOB arabirimi varsayılan ağ geçidinin IP adresi.

Anahtarın Telnet (Telnet istemcisi) veya HTTP (Web tarayıcısı) üzerinden uzaktan yönetimine izin vermek için bu ayarlar gereklidir.

Başlangıç Yapılandırma Prosedürü

Başlangıç yapılandırmasını Dell Kolay Kurulum Sihirbazı veya CLI kullanarak yapabilirsiniz. Anahtar yapılandırma dosyası boş olduğunda sihirbaz otomatik olarak başlar. [Ctrl+z] tuşlarına basarak herhangi bir aşamada sihirbazdan çıkabilirsiniz ancak bu durumda belirlenen tüm yapılandırma ayarları kaybedilir ve anahtar varsayılan değerleri kullanır.

Başlangıç Kılavuzu 175

Page 178: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

NOT: Kolay Kurulum Sihirbazını çalıştırmazsanız veya başlangıç Kolay Kurulum Sihirbazının bilgi istemine 60 saniye içinde cevap vermezseniz anahtar CLI moduna girer.

CLI kullanarak başlangıç yapılandırmasını yapma hakkında daha fazla bilgi için bkz. CLI Referans Kılavuzu. Bu Başlarken Kılavuzu Kolay Kurulum Sihirbazının başlangıç anahtar yapılandırması için nasıl kullanılacağını gösterir. Sihirbaz anahtar üzerinde aşağıdaki yapılandırmayı ayarlar:

• Geçerli bir parola ile ilk ayrıcalıklı kullanıcı hesabını oluşturur. Sihirbaz kurulum sırasında bir adet ayrıcalıklı kullanıcı hesabını yapılandırır.

• Sadece yerel kimlik doğrulama ayarını kullanmak için CLI oturum açma ve HTTP erişimini etkinleştirir.

• OOB arabirimi için IP adresini ayarlar.

• Belirli bir IP adresinde SNMP yöneticisi tarafından kullanılmak üzere SNMP ortak dizgiyi ayarlar. Bu anahtar için SNMP yönetimi kullanılmıyorsa bu adımı atlayabilirsiniz.

Örnek Oturum

Bu kısım Kolay Kurulum Sihirbazı oturumunu açıklar. Aşağıdaki değerler örnek oturum için kullanılmıştır:

• SNMP etkinleştirilmemiş.

• Varsayılan kullanıcı adı olarak root kabul edilir ve admin123 parolası girilir. Sihirbaz, parola girildiğinde parolayı görüntülemez.

• OOB yönetim arabirimi IP adresi tahsisi için 192.168.2.1'i kullanır.

NOT: Aşağıdaki örnekte muhtemel kullanıcı seçenekleri veya varsayılan değerler [ ] içerisinde gösterilmiştir. Herhangi bir seçeneği belirlemeden <Enter> tuşuna basarsanız varsayılan değer kabul edilir. Yardım metni parantez içerisindedir.

Aşağıdaki örnekte, yukarıda listelenen girdi değerleri kullanılarak Dell Kolay

Kurulum Sihirbazı örnek oturumunun çalıştırılmasına ilişkin istem ve cevaplar yer alır.

Anahtar POST işlemini tamamladıktan ve önyükleme yapıldıktan sonra aşağıdaki metin görüntülenir:

176 Başlangıç Kılavuzu

Page 179: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>

Applying Global configuration, please wait ...

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch

configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly

as possible. You can skip the setup wizard, and enter

CLI mode to manually configure the switch. You must

respond to the next question to run the setup wizard

within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will continue

with normal operation using the default system

configuration. Note: You can exit the setup wizard at

any point by entering [ctrl+z].

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must

answer this question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y

First:

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple

Mode? [Y/N] y

Step 1:

The system is not setup for SNMP management by

default. To manage the switch using SNMP (required for

Dell Network Manager) you can

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For

more information on setting up an SNMP version 1

or 3 account, see the user documentation).

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface

now? [Y/N] n

Step 2:

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15)

user account. This account is used to login to the CLI

and Web interface. You may setup other accounts and

Başlangıç Kılavuzu 177

Page 180: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

change privilege levels later. For more information on

setting up user accounts and changing privilege

levels, see the user documentation.

To setup a user account:

Please enter the user name. [root]:

Please enter the user password:

Please reenter the user password:

Step 3:

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band)

Interface and/or the VLAN1 routing interface.

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web

interface, or SNMP interface of the switch.

To access the switch through any Management Interface

you can

. Setup the IP address for the Management Interface.

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is

manually configured on both routing and OOB

interface.

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band interface now?

[Y/N] y

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or

enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically

request an IP address from the network DHCP server.

[192.168.2.1]:

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).

[255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been

collected:

Operational Mode = Simple

User Account setup = root

178 Başlangıç Kılavuzu

Page 181: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Password = ********

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0

Final Step:

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to

save the configuration, and copy the settings to the

start-up configuration file. If the information is

incorrect, enter (N) to discard the configuration and

restart the wizard: [Y/N] y

Thank you for using the Dell Easy Set up Wizard. You

will now enter CLI mode.

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...

console>

Sonraki Adımlar

Bu kısımda açıklanan başlangıç yapılandırmasını tamamladıktan sonra, bant-içi uzaktan yönetim için ön panel anahtar bağlantı noktalarını üretim ağınıza bağlayabilirsiniz.

OOB yönetim arabirimi IP adresi için DHCP belirlediyseniz, arabirim kendi IP adresini ağ üzerindeki bir DHCP sunucudan alacaktır. Dinamik olarak atanmış IP adresini öğrenmek için konsol bağlantı noktasından aşağıdaki komutu verin:

ip arabirimi bant-dışı göster.

Dell OpenManage Anahtar Yöneticisi arabirimine erişmek için OOB yönetim arabirimi IP adresini bir Web tarayıcısının adres alanına girin. CLI’a uzaktan yönetim erişimi için OOB yönetim arabirimi IP adresini bir Telnet veya SSH istemcisine girin. Alternatif olarak, anahtara yerel CLI erişimi için konsol bağlantı noktasını kullanmaya devam edebilirsiniz.

PowerConnect M8024-k anahtarınız VLAN'lar, 802.1X, RADIUS ve TACACS+ gibi temel anahtarlama özelliklerini destekler. Basit modda desteklenen özellikler hakkında daha fazla bilgi için, refer to Basit Anahtar Modu: Bağlantı Noktası Kaynak Özelliği Beyaz Kağıt kısmına bakınız.

Başlangıç Kılavuzu 179

Page 182: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Anahtarınız Normal modda çalışmak üzere yapılandırıldığında, kapsama ağacı (spanning tree) protokolü gibi özellikler ile dinamik yönlendirme ve çoklu gönderim (multicast) gibi gelişmiş Katman 3 özelliklerini destekler. Ağınızın gerektirdiği özellikleri yapılandırmak için web tabanlı yönetim arabirimini veya CLI kullanın. Anahtar özelliklerini yapılandırma hakkında bilgi için bkz. Kullanıcı Yapılandırma Kılavuzu veya destek sitesi http://support.dell.com/manuals

içindeki CLI Başvuru Kılavuzu.

180 Başlangıç Kılavuzu

Page 183: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

PCM8024-k: תקינה םדג

Dell PowerConnectמתג

M8024-k

תחילת העבודהמדריך

Page 184: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

ההער

.הערה מציינת מידע חשוב שיסייע לך לנצל את המחשב בצורה טובה יותר :הערה

____________________

.המידע במסמ� זה עשוי להשתנות ללא הודעה מוקדמת

© 2010 Dell Inc.. שמורות הזכויות כל.

. .Dell Incללא קבלת רשות בכתב מאת , בכל דר� שהיא, ר מוחלט על שעתוק חומרי אלהחל איסו

ה ™�OpenManageו ™DELL , PowerConnectהלוגו של , ™Dell: סימני מסחר המוזכרי במסמ� זה

Microsoft Corporationה סימני מסחר רשומי של ®�Windowsו ®Dell Inc. . Microsoftסימני מסחר של .או במדינות אחרות/ב ו"בארה

סימני מסחר ושמות מסחר אחרי המוזכרי במסמ� זה מתייחסי לישויות הטוענות לבעלות על אות סימני למעט הסימני , מתנערת מכל עניי� קנייני בסימני מסחר ובשמות מסחר .Dell Inc. ושמות או למוצרי שלה�

.והשמות שלה עצמה

PCM8024-kדגם תקינה

A00מהדורה 7XG64מספר חלק 2011מרץ

Page 185: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

183| תוכן

תוכן

185 ............................................................... הקדמה 1

PowerConnect M8024-k 185 ................................. סקירה כללית

186 .......................................... סקירה כללית –חומרה 2

186 ........................................................................ יציאות פנימיות

186 ............................................................................ הלוח הקדמי

SFP+ .................................................................... 187יציאות

187 ..................................................................... חריץ הרחבה

USB .............................................................. 187יציאת מסוף

187 ................................... נוריות חיווי של היציאות ושל המערכת

188 ................................................................ התקנה 3

188 ............................................................................ הכנת האתר

189 ............................................................ הוצאת המתג מהאריזה

189 .................................................................. תכולת האריזה

189 ......................................... שלבים להוצאת היחידה מהאריזה

Page 186: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

תוכן| 184

190 ............................. הפעלה והגדרת תצורה של המתג 4

191 ................................................................... חיבור מתג למסוף

192 .......................................................................... אתחול המתג

193 ....................................................... הגדרת התצורה הראשונית

193 ........................................ תהליך הגדרת התצורה הראשונית

194 ................................................................. הפעלה לדוגמה

201 ................................................................. השלבים הבאים

Page 187: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

185| מדריך תחילת העבודה

הקדמהכולל פרטי� על , Dell PowerConnect M8024-kמסמ� זה מכיל מידע בסיסי על מתגי

הגדרת תכונות המתג לקבלת מידע על. אופ� ההתקנה ופעולות בסיסיות של הגדרת תצורה

או ) בתקליטור התיעוד למשתמש( במדרי� הגדרת התצורה למשתמשעיי� , ומעקב אחריה�

http://support.dell.com/manualsבכתובת , Dell Supportבדוק באתר התמיכה של

.כדי לקבל את עדכוני התיעוד והקושחה האחרוני�

:את הסעיפי� הבאי� מכילהמסמ�

יתסקירה כלל – חומרה •

התקנה •

הפעלה והגדרת תצורה של המתג •

PowerConnect M8024-k סקירה כללית

PowerConnect M8024-k 10 הוא מתג להב-Gigabit Ethernet הפועל 3של שכבה

להבי שרת ובעד 16 יכולה לתמו� בעד M1000eמערכת . PowerEdge M1000eבמערכת

.PowerConnect M8024-kשישה מתגי להב

Page 188: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

מדריך תחילת העבודה| 186

כללית ירהסק – חומרה למתגי מודולריות חומרה ותצורות ההתק� מאפייני על מידע מכיל זה סעי�

PowerConnect M8024-k.

:PowerConnect M8024-k של הפיזיי� הממדי� להל�

• 33.45 x 309.24 x 274.45 גובה( מ"מ x עומק x רוחב.(

• 1.32 x 12.17 x 10.81 � ).רוחב xעומק xגובה ( 'אינ

פנימיות יציאות

PowerConnect M8024-k 10 יציאות 16 כולל-Gigabit Ethernet היציאות 16. פנימיות

�ה תושבת של האמצע לוח באמצעות השרת ללהבי מחוברות הפנימיותM1000e.

M8024-k ממשק ג� כולל Ethernet ממשק – פנימי OOB )out-of-band (– ממשק שהוא

של האמצע לוח באמצעות התושבת ניהול לבקר מחובר OOB ממשק. המתג יהוללנ ייעודי

יציאות דר� המתנהלת המבצעית הרשת מתעבורת נפרדת זו ביציאה התעבורה. התושבת

.המבצעית הרשת אל אותה לנתב או להעביר אפשרות ואי� המתג

הקדמי הלוח

:PowerConnect M8024-k של הקדמי הלוח מוצג הבא באיור

PowerConnect M8024-kהלוח הקדמי של .1-1ר איו

הקדמי הלוח. Gigabit-10 למודולי הרחבה חרי�, +SFP יציאות ארבע כולל הקדמי הלוח

היציאות סטטוס להצגת חיווי ונוריות ניהול לפונקציות טורי USB למסו� ממשק ג� כולל

. והמערכת

USBאת מסוף יצי חריץ הרחבה +SFP יציאות

Page 189: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

187 | תחילת העבודה מדריך

+SFP יציאות

PowerConnect M8024-k יציאות ארבע כולל SFP+ מקלט ע���ו SR ,LR משדרLRM

.בנפרד נמכרי� ישיר לחיבור וכבלי� SFP שי"מקמ. +SFP של ישיר לחיבור וכבלי�

הרחבה חריץ

��ל ההרחבה חרי 10G הבאי� במודולי� תומ�:

• SFP+ )יציאות ארבע(

• CX-4 )יציאות שלוש(

• 10GBASE-T )יציאות שתי(

. בנפרד נמכרי� אלה �מודולי

USB מסוף יציאת

�ה מסו� יציאתUSB טורי ממשק באמצעות לניהול מיועדת RS-232 .מספקת זו יציאה

אל המתחבר מסו� דר� הפקודה שורת ממשק אל גישה ומאפשרת המתג אל ישיר חיבור

�ל A מסוג USB מחברי( הכלול הטורי הכבל באמצעות היציאהDB-9 נקבה.(

עצירה סיבית, נתוני� סיביות שמונה של סינכרוניי��א בנתוני� ומכתת המסו� יציאת

9600 היא שידור קצב של המחדל ברירת. זרימה בקרת וללא זוגיות סיבית ללא, אחת

. לשנייה סיביות

המערכת ושל היציאות של חיווי נוריות

יחידת של הסטטוס על מידע המציגות LED מבוססות חיווי נוריות מכיל הקדמי הלוח

�הPowerConnect M8024-k.

הקדמי בלוח החיווי נוריות .1-2איור

המערכת סטטוס חיווי נורית

הפעלה מצב חיווי נורית

Page 190: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

מדריך תחילת העבודה| 188

: החיווי נוריות של ההגדרות מוצגות 1-1 בטבלה

– וסטטוס הפעלה מצב של החיווי נוריות PowerConnect M8024-k 1-1טבלה

ותהגדר

הגדרה צבע החיווי נורית

.לחשמל מחובר המכשיר ירוק

.לחשמל מחובר אינו המכשיר כבויה

.תקינה המתג פעולת כחול

.כבויהמתג כבויה

.אתחולמבצעשהמתג או תקלה אירעה כתו�

התקנה

האתר הכנת

:הבאות תהדרישו על עונה להתקנה שבחרת שהמקו� ודא, המתגי� או המתג התקנת לפני

. המפעיל של גישה לאפשר כדי המכשיר של ובגב בחזית הול� מרווח הושאר – מרווח •

. ולאוורור החשמל לחיבורי, לכבלי� פנוי שטח השאר

כגו�, חשמליות הפרעות של ממקורות האפשר ככל רחוק נותבו הכבלי� – כבלי� •

. פלואורסצנטיי� תאורה ומתקני מתח קווי, שידור מגברי, רדיו משדרי

מעלות 35 עד 10 היא המתג להפעלת הסביבה טמפרטורת טווח – סביבה טמפרטורת •

)פרנהייט מעלות 95 עד 50( צלזיוס

) פרנהייט מעלות 1.8( צלזיוס אחת במעלה המרבית הטמפרטורה את הפחת :הערה

).רגל 2955(' מ 900 מעל) רגל 985(' מ 300 לכל

ע�) עיבוי ללא( 85% עד 8% אהי תקי� לתפעול היחסית הלחות – יחסית לחות •

.לשעה 10% של מרבית ירידה/עלייה

Page 191: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

189 | תחילת העבודה מדריך

מהאריזה המתג הוצאת

האריזה תכולת

: הבאי� הפריטי� בה שכלולי� ודא, מהאריזה מתג כל הוצאת בעת

אחד PowerConnect מתג •

נקבה A-to-DB-9 מסוג אחד USB כבל •

העבודה תחילת מדרי� •

ותקינה בטיחות בנושאי מידע •

ותמיכה אחריות בנושאי מידע •

תוכנה רישוי הסכ� •

מהאריזה היחידה להוצאת שלבים

כל על מיידי באופן ודווח האריזה תכולת את בדוק, מאריזתו המתג הוצאת לפני: הערה

.לנזק עדות

לקשירת המשמשות הרצועות כל את וגזור, וישר נקי משטח על הקופסה את הנח 1

.הקופסה

.פסההקו מכסה את הסר או הקופסה את פתח 2

.ופנוי יציב משטח על אותו והנח, מהקופסה המתג את בזהירות הוצא 3

.האריזה חומרי כל את הוצא 4

.ובאביזרי� במוצר פגמי� יש א� בדוק 5

Page 192: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

מדריך תחילת העבודה| 190

המתג של תצורה והגדרת הפעלה התצורה את להגדיר כדי לבצע שיש הפעולות של כללית סקירה מציג הבא הזרימה תרשי�

. התקשורת בארו� והרכבתו ומאריזת המתג הוצאת לאחר הבסיסית

זרימה תרשים – תצורה והגדרת התקנה . 1-3איור

חבר לחשמל ולמסוף

הפעל

ה לתפריט כניס כן ?אתחול

טוען תוכנית מכונן

Flash לזיכרוןRAM

לא

כניסה ?לאשף

כן

הגדרת תצורה ראשונית באופן ידני

Easy Setupבעזרת הגדרת תצורהWizard )אשף ההגדרה הקלה(

הגדרת תצורה מתקדמת

לא

בחר 2באפשרות

תפריט אתחול )פונקציות מיוחדות(

חוזר אתחול

Page 193: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

191 | תחילת העבודה מדריך

למסוף מתג חיבור

.המתג של תצורה להגדרת למתג מסו� חבר, החיצוניי� החיבורי� כל השלמת לאחר

ותהער את להוריד תוכל. זה מוצר של המוצר הערות את קרא, שתמשיך לפני: הערה

. support.dell.com/manuals בדף, Dell של התמיכה מאתר המוצר

התמיכה מאתר למשתמש התיעוד של ביותר העדכנית הגרסה את להשיג מומלץ: הערה

.http://support.dell.com/manuals בדף, Dell של

מסו� ביציאת השתמש, טורי מסו� באמצעות תצורתו את ולהגדיר המתג את לנטר כדי

�הUSB למסו� אותו לחבר כדי) 1-1 איור ראה( המתג של הקדמי שבלוח VT100 או

כמחבר מוטמעת המסו� יציאת. VT100 מסו� להדמיית תוכנה פועלת שבו למחשב

data terminal equipment )DTE.(

:הבאי� הציוד פריטי דרושי�, המסו� ביציאת להשתמש כדי

תוכנה פועלת שבו, טורית יציאה ע� נייד/שולחני מחשב או, VT100 תוא� מסו� •

.Microsoft Hyper Terminal למשל כמו ,VT100 מסו� להדמיית

.למסו� DB-9 ומחבר המסו� ליציאת A מסוג USB מחבר ע�) מצור�( טורי כבל •

:המתג של המסו� ליציאת מסו� לחיבור הבאות הפעולות את בצע

�ה מחבר את חבר 1DB-9 הדמיית תוכנת פועלת שבו למחשב או למסו� הטורי בכבל

.VT100 המסו�

:הבא באופ� המסו� להדמיית התוכנה תצורת את הגדר 2

.המסו� אל להתחבר כדי) COM 1 למשל( המתאימה הטורית היציאה את בחר א

.באוד 9600�ל הנתוני� קצב את הגדר ב

.זוגיות ללא, אחת עצירה סיבית, נתוני� סיביות 8�ל הנתוני� תבנית את קבע ג

.'ללא'כ הזרימה בקרת את הגדר ד

�ל המסו� הדמיית מצב את הגדר הVT100.

ודא. Ctrl ומקשי החצי� מקשי, הפונקציות מקשי עבור מסו� מקשי בחר ו

).Microsoft Windows מקשי על לא( המסו� מקשי על חלה שההגדרה

Page 194: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

מדריך תחילת העבודה| 192

, Microsoft Windows 2000-ב HyperTerminal-ב משתמש אתה אם: הערה

כאשר. שלך במחשב מותקן ואילך Windows 2000 Service Pack 2-ש ודא

בהדמיית כראוי פועלים החצים מקשי, Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 מותקן

VT100 של HyperTerminal .בכתובת בקר www.microsoft.com לקבלת

.Windows 2000 של Service Pack ערכות בנושא נוסף מידע

�ה מחבר את חבר 3USB של המסו� יציאת. שבמתג מסו�ה ליציאת ישירות שבכבל

PowerConnect M8024-k 1�4 באיור כמוצג, הקדמי הלוח של הימני בצד נמצאת.

PowerConnect M8024-k של USB מסוף יציאת .1-4איור

המתג אתחול

בעת עצמית בדיקה מבצע המתג, מחובר כבר המקומי המסו� כאשר התק� הפעלת בעת

כל נבדקי� ובמהלכה, המתג של אתחול כל ע� מתבצעת POST בדיקת). POST( ההדלקה

בדיקת א�. האתחול השלמת לפני לפעולה כשיר המתג א� לקבוע כדי החומרה רכיבי

POST בדיקת א�. מופסקת התוכנית פעולת, קריטית בעיה מזהה POST בהצלחה עוברת ,

במסו� מוצגות POST הודעות. RAM לזיכרו� נטענת הפעלה קוב� של תקפה קושחה

.שניות 60�כ נמש� האתחול תהלי�. נכשלה או בהצלחה בוצעה הבדיקה א� ומציינות

�ה בדיקת של הראשו� החלק השלמת לאחר האתחול תפריט את להפעיל נית�POST .

לערכי וחזרה המערכת איפוס כמו תצורה הגדרת משימות לבצע תוכל, האתחול מתפריט

נוס� מידע לקבלת. סיסמה של שחזור או הגיבוי תמונת הפעלת, היצר� של המחדל ברירת

.הפקודה שורת ממשק של העזר במדרי� עיי�, האתחול תפריט פונקציות על

USBיציאת מסוף

Page 195: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

193 | תחילת העבודה מדריך

הראשונית התצורה הגדרת

:הבאות ההנחות על מבוסס הראשונית התצורה הגדרת תהלי�

שבו במצב נמצא והמתג, בעבר הוגדרה לא מעול� PowerConnect מתג תצורת •

.אותו קיבלת

.בהצלחה בוצע PowerConnect המתג אתחול •

מופיעה Dell Easy Setup ההתקנה אש� של הפקודה ושורת נוצר המסו� חיבור •

.חלופי מסו� של או VT100 מסו� של במס�

התצורה קביעת לאחר. המסו� יציאת דר� מתבצעת המתג של הראשונית התצורה הגדרת

.מרחוק חיבור דר� או חוברה שכבר המסו� מיציאת המתג את לנהל תוכל, הראשונית

.IP כתובת או סיסמה, משתמש שם כמו מחדל ברירת פריטי מוגדרים לא במתג: הערה

:הרשת ממנהל הבאי� הפרטי� את השג, המתג של ההתחלתיות ההגדרות קביעת לפני

�ה כתובת •IP לממשק שתוקצה OOB המכשיר לניהול המיועד.

.OOB ממשק עבור IP של נההמש רשת מסכת •

�ה כתובת •IP ממשק של מחדל ברירת שער של OOB.

) Telnet לקוח( Telnet באמצעות המתג של מרחוק ניהול לאפשר כדי דרושות אלה הגדרות

).אינטרנט דפדפ�( HTTP או

הראשונית התצורה הגדרת תהליך

Dell Easyההתקנה אש� באמצעות הראשוניות התצורה הגדרות את לקבוע באפשרות�

Setup ,ה באמצעות או�CLI .כאשר אוטומטי באופ� מופעל האש� � של התצורה קוב

הגדרות כל א�, ]ctrl+z[ על הקשה ידי על עת בכל מהאש� לצאת באפשרות�. ריק המתג

.המחדל ברירת בערכי ישתמש והמתג יימחקו שצוינו התצורה

בתוך האשף להנחיית גיבת שלא או Easy Setup Wizard את תפעיל לא אם: הערה

.CLI למצב ייכנס המתג, שניות 60

Page 196: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

מדריך תחילת העבודה| 194

העזר במדרי� עיי�, הפקודה שורת באמצעות ראשונית תצורה הגדרת על נוס� מידע לקבלת

Easyבאש� להשתמש כיצד מסביר העבודה תחילת מדרי�. הפקודה שורת ממשק של

Setup הבאות ההגדרות את קובע האש�. ראשונית בצורה המתג תצורת את להגדיר כדי

:המתג של

מגדיר האש�. תקפה סיסמה ע� התחלתיות הרשאות בעל משתמש חשבו� יוצר • . ההתקנה במהל� הרשאות בעל אחד משתמש חשבו�

�ל כניסה מפעיל •CLI וגישת HTTP המקומיות האימות בהגדרות להשתמש כדי .בלבד

�ה כתובת את מגדיר •IP ה ממשק של�OOB.

�ה קהילת מחרוזת את מגדיר •SNMP מנהל ע� לשימוש SNMP בכתובת IP נתונה .

. זה במתג בשימוש נמצא לא SNMP ניהול א� זה שלב על לדלג לבחור תוכל

לדוגמה הפעלה

נמצאי� הבאי� הערכי�. Dell Easy Setup ההתקנה אש� של הפעלה מתאר זה מקטע

:לדוגמה בהפעלה בשימוש

• SNMP מופעל לא.

את מזי� והמשתמש, root, משתמש ש� של המחדל ברירת את מקבלת המערכת •

.הקלדתה כדי תו� הסיסמה את מציג אינו האש�. admin123 הסיסמה

.IP כתובת להקצאת 192.168.2.1�ב משתמש OOB הניהול ממשק •

מחדל ברירת ערכי או לבחור יכול שהמשתמש האפשרויות, הבאה בדוגמה: הערה

ברירת ערך יתקבל, אפשרויות להגדיר מבלי> Enter< על תקיש אם[ ]. בתוך מופיעים

.בסוגריים מופיע עזרה טקסט. המחדל

Page 197: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

195 | תחילת העבודה מדריך

אש� של הדוגמה להפעלת המשויכות והתגובות ההנחיות רצ� את מכילה הבאה הדוגמה

.לעיל המפורטי� הקלט בערכי שימוש תו�, Dell Easy Setup ההתקנה

:הבא הטקסט יוצג, המתג ואתחול POST בדיקת השלמת לאחר

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>

Applying Global configuration, please wait ...

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial

switch configuration, and gets you up and running as

quickly as possible. You can skip the setup wizard,

and enter CLI mode to manually configure the switch.

You must respond to the next question to run the

setup wizard within 60 seconds, otherwise the system

will continue with normal operation using the default

system configuration. Note: You can exit the setup

wizard at any point by entering [ctrl+z].

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must

answer this question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y

First:

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple

Mode? [Y/N] y

Step 1:

The system is not setup for SNMP management by

default. To manage the switch using SNMP (required

for Dell Network Manager) you can

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For

more information on setting up an SNMP version 1

or 3 account, see the user documentation).

Page 198: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

מדריך תחילת העבודה| 196

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface

now? [Y/N] n

Step 2:

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level

15) user account. This account is used to login to

the CLI and Web interface. You may setup other

accounts and change privilege levels later. For more

information on setting up user accounts and changing

privilege levels, see the user documentation.

To setup a user account:

Please enter the user name. [root]:

Please enter the user password:

Please reenter the user password:

Step 3:

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band)

Interface and/or the VLAN1 routing interface.

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web

interface, or SNMP interface of the switch.

To access the switch through any Management Interface

you can

. Setup the IP address for the Management

Interface.

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is

manually configured on both routing and OOB

interface.

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band interface

now? [Y/N] y

Page 199: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

197 | תחילת העבודה מדריך

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D)

or enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically

request an IP address from the network DHCP server.

[192.168.2.1]:

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).

[255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been

collected:

Operational Mode = Simple

User Account setup = root

Password = ********

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0

Final Step:

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to

save the configuration, and copy the settings to the

start-up configuration file. If the information is

incorrect, enter (N) to discard the configuration and

restart the wizard: [Y/N] y

Thank you for using the Dell Easy Set up Wizard. You

will now enter CLI mode.

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...

console>

Page 200: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

מדריך תחילת העבודה| 198

>) ממתין לבחירת יחידת ניהול – 1יחידה (

...אנא המתן, מחיל תצורה

Dell ברוך הבא לאשף ההתקנה הקלה של

אשף ההתקנה ינחה אותך בתהליך קביעת התצורה הראשונית של

.ויביא להתקנת המערכת והפעלתה במהירות האפשרית, המתג

כדי לקבוע את CLIתוכל לדלג על אשף ההתקנה ולהיכנס למצב

עליך להגיב לשאלה הבאה להפעלת .תצורת המתג באופן ידני

אחרת המערכת תמשיך לפעול , שניות 60אשף ההתקנה בתוך

: הערה .כרגיל באמצעות תצורת ברירת המחדל של המערכת

ידי הקשה על -תך לצאת מאשף ההתקנה בכל שלב עלבאפשרו

]ctrl+z.[

עליך לענות על שאלה (האם ברצונך להפעיל את אשף ההתקנה

כ )ל/כ[ ?)שניות 60זו בתוך

:ראשית

כ ]ל/כ[ ?האם ברצונך לבחור את מצב ההפעלה כמצב פשוט

:1 שלב

כדי לנהל .כברירת מחדל SNMPהמערכת אינה מוגדרת לניהול

) Dellדרוש עבור מנהל הרשת של ( SNMPבאמצעות את המתג

באפשרותך

.2גרסה SNMPלהגדיר כעת חשבון בסיסי של .

.נוספים SNMPלחזור מאוחר יותר ולהגדיר חשבונות .

, 3או 1גרסה SNMPלקבלת מידע נוסף על הגדרת חשבון (

.)עיין בתיעוד למשתמש

ל ]לא/כן[ ?כעת SNMPל האם ברצונך להגדיר את ממשק ניהו

Page 201: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

199 | תחילת העבודה מדריך

:2 שלב

כעת עלינו להגדיר את חשבון המשתמש בעל ההרשאה הראשונית

ולממשק CLI-חשבון זה משמש לכניסה ל .)15רמה (שלך

תוכל להגדיר חשבונות אחרים ולשנות את רמות .האינטרנט

למידע נוסף על הגדרת חשבונות משתמש .ההרשאה מאוחר יותר

.ין בתיעוד למשתמשעי, ושינוי רמות הרשאה

:להגדרת חשבון משתמש

:]root. [הזן את שם המשתמש

:הזן את סיסמת המשתמש

:הזן מחדש את סיסמת המשתמש

:3 שלב

בממשק לניהול תקשורת בערוץ IPיוגדרו כתובות , בשלב הבא

.VLAN1או בממשק הניתוב של /ו) OoB(משני

שורת הללו כדי לקבל גישה אל IP-ת הותוכל להשתמש בכתוב

.של המתג SNMP-ממשק האינטרנט או ממשק ה, הפקודה

תוכל, כדי לקבל גישה אל המתג באמצעות אחד מממשקי הניהול

.של ממשק הניהול IP-להגדיר את כתובת ה.

הוגדרה IP-להגדיר את שער ברירת המחדל אם כתובת ה.

.OOB-ידנית הן בממשק הניתוב והן בממשק ה

כ ]ל/כ[ ?OoB-דיר כעת את ממשק ההאם ברצונך להג

" DHCP"או הזן ) A.B.C.D(של ההתקן IP-נא הזן את כתובת ה

באופן אוטומטי משרת IPכדי לבקש כתובת )ללא המירכאות(

]:192.168.2.1[ .של הרשת DHCP-ה

).nn/ או IP )A.B.C.D-הזן מסיכת רשת משנה של כתובת ה

]255.255.255.0:[

Page 202: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

מדריך תחילת העבודה| 200

:נאסףזהו מידע התצורה ש

פשוט= מצב הפעלה

בסיס= הגדרת חשבון משתמש

********= סיסמה

OOB =192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0של ממשק IPכתובת

:שלב סופי

כדי לשמור את התצורה ולהעתיק את )כ(הזן , אם המידע נכון

כדי ) ל(הזן , אם המידע שגוי .קובץ התצורה של ההפעלה

כ ]ל/כ[ :את האשף למחוק את התצורה ולהפעיל מחדש

כעת .Dell אנו מודים לך על השימוש באשף ההגדרה הקלה של

.CLI תעבור למצב

...אנא המתן, מחיל תצורה

Console>

Page 203: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

201 | תחילת העבודה מדריך

הבאים השלבים

אחת כל לחבר תוכל, זה בסעי� המתוארת הבסיסית התצורה הגדרת את שתסיי� לאחר

רשת דר� מרחוק ניהול לצור� של� הפעילה הרשת אל הקדמי שבלוח המתג מיציאות

.ראשית תקשורת

�ה לכתובת DHCP ציינת א�IP ממשק של OOB ,ה כתובת את יקבל הממשק�IP שלו

�ה כתובת את לגלות כדי. ברשת DHCP משרתIP בחיבור היעזר, דינמי באופ� שהוקצתה

:הבאה הפקודה את להעביר כדי המסו� יציאת של

show ip interface out-of-band )בתכתו הצג IP ממשק של OOB.(

כתובת את הז�, Dell OpenManage Switch Administrator לממשק גישה לקבל כדי

�הIP ה ממשק של�OOB גישה מרחוק לקבל כדי. אינטרנט דפדפ� של הכתובת בשדה

�ה כתובת את הז�, הפקודה לשורת ניהוליתIP ממשק של OOB בלקוח Telnet או SSH .

פקודה שורת דר� המתג אל לגישה המסו� ביציאת שתמשלה להמשי� תוכל, לחלופי�

.מקומית

תק�, VLAN רשתות כמו בסיסיות מיתוג בתכונות תומ� PowerConnect M8024-k מתג

802.1X ,RADIUS ו�TACACS+ .במצב הנתמכות התכונות על נוס� מידע לקבלת

.Simple Switch Mode: Port Aggregator Feature הטכני במסמ� עיי�', פשוט'

כמו בתכונות ג� לתמו� יכול המתג', רגיל' במצב לפעולה הוגדרה המתג תצורת א�

ושידור דינמי ניתוב כמו, 3 שכבה של מתקדמות תכונות וכ� Spanning Tree פרוטוקול

להגדיר כדי הפקודה בשורת או האינטרנט מבוסס הניהול בממשק היעזר. מרובות לתחנות

, המתג תכונות הגדרת על נוס� מידע לקבלת. של� לרשת תהדרושו התכונות תצורת את

העומדי� הפקודה שורת ממשק של העזר במדרי� או למשתמש התצורה במדרי� עיי�

.http://support.dell.com/manuals: בכתובת, התמיכה באתר לרשות�

Page 204: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

מדריך תחילת העבודה| 202

Page 205: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Comutador Dell

PowerConnect M8024-k

Guia de Primeiros Passos

Modelo regulatório: PCM8024-k

Page 206: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Notas

NOTA: As NOTAS oferecem informações importantes para ajudá-lo a usar o computador da melhor maneira possível.

____________________

As informações contidas nesta publicação estão sujeitas a alterações sem aviso prévio.© 2010 Dell Inc. Todos os direitos reservados.

Fica terminantemente proibida a reprodução deste material por quaisquer meios sem a permissão por escrito da Dell Inc.

Marcas comerciais mencionadas neste texto: Dell™, o logotipo da DELL, PowerConnect™ e

OpenManage™ são marcas comerciais da Dell Inc. Microsoft® e Windows® são marcas registradas

da Microsoft Corporation nos Estados Unidos e/ou outros países.

Outras marcas e nomes comerciais podem ser mencionados nesta publicação em referência às entidades proprietárias das marcas e nomes ou seus produtos. A Dell Inc. renuncia qualquer interesse

proprietário em marcas e nomes comerciais que não sejam de sua propriedade.

Modelo regulatório PCM8024-k

Março de 2011 N/P 7XG64 Rev. A00

Page 207: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Sumário

1 Introdução . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

PowerConnect M8024-k Visão geral . . . . . . . . . . 207

2 Visão geral do hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Portas internas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Painel frontal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Portas SFP+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Slot de expansão . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Porta do console USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

LEDs de porta e sistema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

3 Instalação . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Preparação do local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Remoção do comutador da embalagem . . . . . . . . . 211

Conteúdo da embalagem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Etapas de remoção da embalagem . . . . . . . . 211

Sumário 205

Page 208: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

2

4 Inicialização e configuração do comutador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Conexão do comutador ao terminal . . . . . . . . . . 213

Inicialização do comutador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Realização da configuração inicial . . . . . . . . . . 215

Procedimento de configuração inicial . . . . . . 216

Sessão de exemplo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Próximas etapas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

06 Sumário

Page 209: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

IntroduçãoEste documento fornece informações básicas sobre os comutadores Dell PowerConnect M8024-k, incluindo como instalar um comutador e realizar a configuração inicial. Para obter mais informações sobre como configurar e monitorar os recursos do comutador, além das atualizações mais recentes em documentação e firmware, consulte o Guia de configuração do usuário disponível no site de suporte da Dell no endereço http://support.dell.com/manuals.

Este documento contém as seguintes seções:

• Visão geral do hardware

• Instalação

• Inicialização e configuração do comutador

PowerConnect M8024-k Visão geralO PowerConnect M8024-k é um comutador blade Layer 3 de 10 Gigabit Ethernet que funciona no sistema PowerEdge M1000e. O sistema M1000e pode suportar até 16 servidores blade e seis comutadores blade do PowerConnect M8024-k.

Guia de Primeiros Passos 207

Page 210: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

2

Visão geral do hardwareEsta seção contém informações sobre características do dispositivo e configurações modulares de hardware dos comutadores PowerConnect M8024-k.

O PowerConnect M8024-k tem as seguintes dimensões físicas:

• 274,75 x 309,24 x 33,45 mm (L x P x A).

• 10,81 x 12,17 x 1,32 polegadas (L x P x A).

Portas internasO PowerConnect M8024-k fornece 16 portas internas de 10 Gigabit Ethernet. As 16 portas internas são conectadas aos servidores blade pelo plano médio do chassi do M1000e.

O M8024-k também fornece uma interface de Ethernet interna — a interface fora de banda (OOB) — que é dedicada ao gerenciamento do comutador. A interface OOB é conectada ao controlador de gerenciamento do chassi pelo plano médio do chassi. O tráfego nesta porta é separado do tráfego na rede operacional nas portas do comutador e não pode ser transferido ou roteado para a rede operacional.

Painel frontalAs imagens a seguir mostram o painel frontal do PowerConnect M8024-k:

Figura 1-1. Painel frontal do PowerConnect M8024-k

Porta do console USBPortas SFP+Slot de expansão

08 Guia de Primeiros Passos

Page 211: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

O painel frontal inclui quatro portas SFP+ e um slot de expansão para módulos de 10 Gigabits. O painel frontal também fornece uma interface do console serial USB para funções de gerenciamento e LEDs para o status de sistemas e portas.

Portas SFP+

O PowerConnect M8024-k fornece quatro portas SFP+ com transceptores SR, LR, LRM e cabos de conexão direta SFP+. Os transceptores e os cabos de conexão direta SFP são vendidos separadamente.

Slot de expansão

O slot de expansão de 10 G suporta os seguintes módulos:

• SFP+ (quatro portas)

• CX-4 (três portas)

• 10GBASE-T (duas portas)

Os módulos são vendidos separadamente.

Porta do console USB

A porta do console USB é para o gerenciamento através de uma interface serial RS-232. Esta porta oferece uma conexão direta com o comutador e permite que você acesse a CLI de um terminal do console conectado à porta através do cabo serial fornecido (com USB tipo A para conectores DB-9 fêmea).

A porta do console oferece suporte a dados assíncronos de oito bits de dados, um bit de parada, sem paridade e sem controle de fluxo. A taxa de baud padrão é 9600 bps.

LEDs de porta e sistema

O painel frontal contém LEDs (diodos emissores de luz) que fornecem informações sobre o status da unidade do PowerConnect M8024-k.

Guia de Primeiros Passos 209

Page 212: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

2

Figura 1-2. LEDs do painel frontal

Tabela 1-1 contém as definições do LED de status:

Instalação

Preparação do localAntes de instalar o(s) comutador(es), certifique-se de que o local de instalação escolhido atenda às seguintes exigências:

• Espaço – verifique se o espaço próximo aos painéis frontal e posterior é adequado para que o operador possa ter acesso ao equipamento. Reserve um espaço livre para cabos, conexões de energia e ventilação.

• Cabeamento – o cabeamento deve ser guiado de forma a evitar fontes de ruídos elétricos, como transmissores de rádio, amplificadores de difusão, linhas de força e instalações com iluminação fluorescente.

Tabela 1-1. Definições de LED de status e energia do PowerConnect M8024-k

LED Cor Definição

Verde A energia está sendo fornecida ao comutador.

Desligado O comutador está sem energia.

Azul O comutador está funcionando normalmente.

Desligado O comutador está desligado.

Amarelo Ocorreu uma falha ou o comutador está inicializando no momento.

LED de energiado sistema

LED de statusdo sistema

10 Guia de Primeiros Passos

Page 213: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

• Temperatura ambiente — a temperatura do ambiente de funcionamento do comutador deve variar entre 10° a 35º C (50° a 95º F).

NOTA: Diminua a temperatura máxima em 1° C (1,8° F) para cada 300 m (985 pés) acima de 900 m (2.955 pés).

• Umidade relativa — a umidade relativa de funcionamento é de 8% a 85% (sem condensação) com uma gradação de umidade máxima de 10% por hora.

Remoção do comutador da embalagem

Conteúdo da embalagem

Ao retirar cada comutador da respectiva embalagem, certifique-se de que os seguintes itens foram fornecidos:

• Um comutador PowerConnect

• Um cabo USB tipo A para DB9 fêmea

• Guia de inicialização

• Informações sobre segurança e regulamentação

• Informações sobre garantia e suporte

• Contrato de licença de software

Etapas de remoção da embalagem

NOTA: Examine a embalagem antes de retirar o comutador. Informe imediatamente o fabricante caso observe sinais de danos.

1 Coloque a embalagem em uma superfície plana e limpa e corte todas as tiras que a envolvem.

2 Abra a embalagem ou retire a parte superior do invólucro.

3 Retire cuidadosamente o comutador e coloque-o em uma superfície limpa e segura.

4 Retire toda a embalagem.

5 Verifique se há danos no produto e nos acessórios.

Guia de Primeiros Passos 211

Page 214: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

2

12 Guia de Primeiros Passos

Inicialização e configuração do comutadorO seguinte fluxograma fornece uma visão geral das etapas utilizadas para realização da configuração inicial depois que o comutador for retirado da embalagem e montado.

Figura 1-3. Fluxograma de instalação e configuração

Conectar a

alimentação e o

console

Ligar

Escolher

a opção 2

Menu de

inicialização

(funções especiais)

Reinicializar

Carregar programa

do Flash para RAM

Configuração

inicial manual

Definição do

Assistente de

configuração fácil

Configuração

avançada

Entrar nomenu de

Entrar no

assistente?

Sim

Não

Sim

Não

inicialização?

Page 215: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Conexão do comutador ao terminalApós concluir todas as conexões externas, conecte um terminal a um comutador para configurar o comutador.

NOTA: Antes de continuar, leia as notas de versão do produto. É possível baixar as notas de versão do site de suporte da Dell no endereço support.dell.com/manuals.

NOTA: Recomendamos que você obtenha a versão mais recente da documentação do usuário no site de suporte da Dell, no endereço http://support.dell.com/manuals.

Para monitorar e configurar o comutador através do console serial, utilize a porta de console USB localizada no painel frontal do comutador (consulte a figura 1-1) para conectá-lo a um terminal VT100 ou computador que esteja executando o software de emulação do terminal VT100. A porta de console é implementada como um conector DTE (Data Terminal Equipment (equipamento terminal de dados)).

Para utilizar a porta de console, recomenda-se o seguinte equipamento:

• Terminal compatível com VT100 ou um computador portátil ou desktop, com porta serial, que esteja executando o software de emulação do terminal VT100, como o Microsoft HyperTerminal.

• Um cabo serial (fornecido) com um conector USB tipo A para a porta de console e um conector DB-9 para o terminal.

Proceda da seguinte forma para conectar o terminal à porta de console do comutador:

1 Conecte o conector DB-9 do cabo serial ao terminal ou computador que está executando o software de emulação do terminal VT100.

2 Configure o software de emulação do terminal conforme as seguintes instruções:

a Selecione a porta serial apropriada (por exemplo, COM 1) para conectar ao console.

b Configure a taxa de dados em 9.600 baud.

c Configure o formato de dados em 8 bits de dados, 1 bit de parada e sem paridade.

d Configure o controle de fluxo como nenhum.

e Configure o modo de emulação do terminal em VT100.

Guia de Primeiros Passos 213

Page 216: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

2

f Selecione Terminal keys (Teclas do terminal) para as teclas de função, de seta e Ctrl. Verifique se a configuração corresponde à opção Terminal keys (Teclas de terminal) e não a Microsoft Windows keys (Teclas Windows).

NOTA: Quando for utilizar o HyperTerminal com o Microsoft Windows 2000, certifique-se de que o Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 ou posterior esteja instalado. Com o Windows 2000 Service Pack 2, as teclas de seta funcionam corretamente na emulação VT100 do HyperTerminal. Visite o site microsoft.com para obter mais informações sobre os service packs do Windows 2000.

3 Conecte o conector USB no cabo diretamente à porta do console do comutador. A porta de console do PowerConnect M8024-k encontra-se na lateral direita do painel frontal do equipamento, conforme ilustrado na figura 1-4.

Figura 1-4. Porta do console USB do PowerConnect M8024-k

Inicialização do comutadorQuando ativar a energia com o terminal local já conectado, o comutador passará pelo teste automático de inicialização (POST). O POST é executado toda vez que o dispositivo é inicializado e examina os componentes de hardware para determinar se o comutador está funcionando corretamente antes de concluir a inicialização. Se o POST detectar um problema crítico, o fluxo do programa será interrompido. Se o POST for executado com sucesso, o firmware válido será carregado na memória RAM. As mensagens do POST são exibidas no terminal e indicam êxito ou falha do teste. O processo de inicialização demora aproximadamente 60 segundos.

Porta do console USB

14 Guia de Primeiros Passos

Page 217: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Você pode chamar o menu de inicialização depois que a primeira parte do POST estiver concluída. No menu de inicialização, você pode realizar tarefas de configuração, como redefinição do sistema aos padrões de fábrica, ativação da imagem de backup ou recuperação de uma senha. Para obter mais informações sobre as funções do menu de inicialização, consulte o Guia de referência da CLI.

Realização da configuração inicialO procedimento de configuração inicial baseia-se nas seguintes suposições:

• O comutador PowerConnect nunca foi configurado antes e está no mesmo estado em que você o recebeu.

• O comutador PowerConnect inicializou corretamente.

• A conexão do console foi estabelecida e o aviso do Dell Easy Setup Wizard (Assistente de configuração fácil da Dell) é exibido na tela do terminal VT100 ou equivalente.

A configuração inicial do comutador é efetuada pela porta console. Após a configuração inicial, será possível gerenciar o comutador tanto pela porta de console já conectada como por uma conexão remota.

NOTA: O comutador não está configurado com um nome de usuário padrão, senha ou endereço IP.

Antes de efetuar a configuração inicial do comutador, obtenha as seguintes informações com o administrador da rede:

• O endereço IP a ser atribuído à interface fora de banda (OOB) para gerenciamento de dispositivo.

• A máscara de sub-rede do IP da interface OOB.

• O endereço IP do gateway padrão da interface OOB.

Essas configurações são necessárias para possibilitar o gerenciamento remoto do comutador via Telnet (cliente Telnet) ou HTTP (navegador da web).

Guia de Primeiros Passos 215

Page 218: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

2

Procedimento de configuração inicial

É possível executar a configuração inicial por meio do Dell Easy Setup Wizard (Assistente de configuração fácil da Dell) ou da CLI. O assistente inicia automaticamente quando o arquivo de configuração do comutador está vazio. É possível sair do assistente em qualquer momento digitando [ctrl+z], mas todos os parâmetros de configuração especificados serão descartados e o comutador utilizará os valores padrão.

NOTA: Se você não executar o Easy Setup Wizard (Assistente de configuração fácil) ou não responder ao aviso inicial desse assistente em 60 segundos, o comutador entrará no modo CLI.

Para obter mais informações sobre como realizar a configuração inicial usando a CLI, consulte o Guia de referência da CLI. Este Guia de inicialização mostra como utilizar o Easy Setup Wizard (Assistente de configuração fácil) para a configuração inicial do comutador. O assistente define a seguinte configuração para o comutador:

• Estabelece a conta de usuário com privilégios inicial com uma senha válida. O assistente configura uma única conta de usuário com privilégios durante a configuração.

• Ativa o login CLI e o acesso HTTP para uso somente da configuração de autenticação local.

• Define o endereço IP para a interface OOB.

• Define a sequência de comunidade SNMP a ser utilizada pelo gerente de SNMP em um dado endereço IP. Pule esta etapa caso o gerenciamento de SNMP não seja utilizado para o comutador em questão.

Sessão de exemplo

Esta seção contém a descrição de uma sessão do utilitário Easy Setup Wizard (Assistente de configuração fácil). Os valores a seguir serão utilizados na sessão de exemplo:

• A opção SNMP não está ativada.

• O nome de usuário padrão, root, foi aceito e uma senha, admin123, foi inserida. O assistente não exibe a senha conforme é inserida.

• A interface OOB usa 192.168.2.1 para atribuição de endereços IP.

16 Guia de Primeiros Passos

Page 219: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

NOTA: No exemplo abaixo, as opções de usuário possíveis estão envolvidas em [ ]. O acionamento da tecla <Enter> sem opções definidas fará com que o sistema aceite o valor padrão. O texto de ajuda se encontra entre parênteses.

O exemplo a seguir contém a sequência de prompts e respostas associadas à execução de uma sessão de exemplo do Dell Easy Setup Wizard (Assistente de configuração fácil da Dell), em que se utilizam os valores de entrada listados anteriormente.

Depois que o comutador concluir o POST e for inicializado, o sistema exibirá o seguinte texto:

(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>

Applying Global configuration, please wait ...

Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard

The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch

configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly

as possible. You can skip the setup wizard, and enter

CLI mode to manually configure the switch. You must

respond to the next question to run the setup wizard

within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will continue

with normal operation using the default system

configuration. Note: You can exit the setup wizard at

any point by entering [ctrl+z].

Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must

answer this question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y

First:

Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple

Mode? [Y/N] y

Step 1:

The system is not setup for SNMP management by

default. To manage the switch using SNMP (required for

Dell Network Manager) you can

. Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.

Guia de Primeiros Passos 217

Page 220: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

2

. Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For

more information on setting up an SNMP version 1

or 3 account, see the user documentation).

Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface

now? [Y/N] n

Step 2:

Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15)

user account. This account is used to login to the CLI

and Web interface. You may setup other accounts and

change privilege levels later. For more information on

setting up user accounts and changing privilege

levels, see the user documentation.

To setup a user account:

Please enter the user name. [root]:

Please enter the user password:

Please reenter the user password:

Step 3:

Next, IP addresses are setup on the OOB (Out-Of-Band)

Interface and/or the VLAN 1 routing interface.

You can use these IP addresses to access the CLI, Web

interface, or SNMP interface of the switch.

To access the switch through any Management Interface

you can

. Setup the IP address for the Management Interface.

. Setup the default gateway if IP address is

manually configured on both routing and OOB

interface.

Would you like to setup the Out-Of-Band interface now?

[Y/N] y

18 Guia de Primeiros Passos

Page 221: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or

enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically

request an IP address from the network DHCP server.

[192.168.2.1]:

Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).

[255.255.255.0]:

This is the configuration information that has been

collected:

Operational Mode = Simple

User Account setup = root

Password = ********

Out-of-band IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0

Final Step:

If the information is correct, please enter (Y) to

save the configuration, and copy the settings to the

start-up configuration file. If the information is

incorrect, enter (N) to discard the configuration and

restart the wizard: [Y/N] y

Thank you for using the Dell Easy Set up Wizard. You

will now enter CLI mode.

Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...

console>

Guia de Primeiros Passos 219

Page 222: Getting Started Guidedownloads.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor...Getting Started Guide 5 Introduction This document provides basic information about the Dell PowerConnect

2

Próximas etapas

Após concluir a configuração inicial descrita nesta seção, você poderá conectar uma das portas do comutador do painel frontal à rede de produção para gerenciamento remoto na-banda.

Se você tiver especificado o DHCP para o endereço IP da interface de gerenciamento fora de banda, a interface irá adquirir esse endereço IP de um servidor DHCP na rede. Para descobrir o endereço IP atribuído dinamicamente, use a conexão de porta do console para emitir o seguinte comando:

show ip interface out-of-band (mostrar interface ip fora de banda).

Para acessar a interface do Dell OpenManage Switch Administrator (Administrador de comutador do Dell OpenManage), insira o endereço IP da interface de gerenciamento fora de banda no campo de endereço de um navegador da Web. Para acesso de gerenciamento remoto à CLI, insira o endereço IP da interface de gerenciamento fora de banda em um cliente Telnet ou SSH. Como alternativa, você pode continuar usando a porta do console para acesso local da CLI ao comutador.

O comutador do PowerConnect M8024-k oferece suporte a recursos básicos de comutação como VLANs, 802.1X, RADIUS e TACACS+. Para obter mais informações sobre recursos com suporte no modo Simples, consulte Modo de comutador simples: informe oficial sobre o recurso Agregador de portas.

Se o comutador estiver configurado para funcionar no modo Normal, ele também poderá oferecer suporte a recursos como protocolo de estrutura estendida, assim como recursos avançados de Layer 3 como roteamento dinâmico e multicast. Use a interface de gerenciamento baseada na Web ou a CLI para configurar os recursos que a sua rede precisa. Para obter informações sobre como configurar os recursos do comutador, consulte o Guia de configuração do usuário ou o Manual de referência da CLI disponíveis no site de suporte: http://support.dell.com/manuals.

20 Guia de Primeiros Passos